Switching & Controls > Catalogue Our commitment makes the difference > Baco fully committed into the future A Key player on the market for control and signalling units, cam switches and switch disconnectors, Baco is recognized for its professional expertise and compliance with safety standards.Baco is committed to a quality charter based on the quality and reliability of its numerous and flexible solutions. CONTROL AND SIGNALLING UNITS y A wide range - Excellent modularity for a large choice of combinations with a minimum number of items - Customised products to meet the most specific needs CAM SWITCHES y A reference on the market - A worldwide reputation of know-how for more than 50 years - A range from 10 to 250 A (panel mount or enclosed) - More than 50,000 different electrical diagrams available - Numerous specific functions and special engravings SWITCH DISCONNECTORS y Great flexibility in use - Compactness - Infinite number of combinations for customised applications - Reversible terminal blocks for front or rear mounting saving valuable time during installation THE BACO QUALITY REQUIREMENT Our products have a 10-year guarantee and are exceptionally reliable, that is why they are ideal for integration into systems that do not tolerate any failure (military, aeronautical, space exploration, medical research equipment, etc.). Moreover, BACO product ranges offer ingenious and reliable solutions that are fast and easy to implement. That's why Baco is now providing a 10-year guarantee on all products. This guarantee strengthens the assurance of having a solid and committed brand by your side. With Baco, you can be sure that you have made the right choice. Contents 2 y CATALOGUE NUMBER INDEX 6 y CONTROL AND SIGNALLING UNITS O 22 Non illuminated heads O 22 Illuminated heads O 22 Blocks sub-assemblies Blocks Accessories O 22 Engravings, Symbols Request form for specific control and signalling units O 22 Control stations O 22 Request form for specific control stations O 22 Drilling, Mounting Technical characteristics Diagrams 23 40 52 62 69 74 83 86 94 95 98 104 105 y CONTROL AND SIGNALLING UNITS O 30 Non illuminated heads O 30 Illuminated heads O 30 Accessories o 30 Request form for specific control and signalling units O 30 Drilling Technical characteristics 106 114 118 123 124 125 126 y CAM SWITCHES 128 134 147 165 188 192 196 206 207 212 213 287 PR One cam switch Series On-off switch and main switch Changeover switch Motor switch Ammeter switch Voltmeter switch 3-way switch 4-way switch Coding switch Accessories Technical characteristics Request form for specific cam switches 293 y SWITCH DISCONNECTORS 294 306 316 318 320 Complete switch disconnectors from 20 to 100 A Separate switch disconnectors from 25 to 100 A Technical characteristics Selection guide for enclosure Possible configurations 1 Catalogue number index Cat. No. 331E 331E01 331E10 331EABH 331EABL 331EABM 331EAGH 331EAGL 331EAGM 331EARH 331EARL 331EARM 331EAWH 331EAWL 331EAWM 331EAYH 331EAYL 331EAYM 331ED01 331ED10 331EDABH 331EDABL 331EDABM 331EDAGH 331EDAGL 331EDAGM 331EDARH 331EDARL 331EDARM 331EDAWH 331EDAWL 331EDAWM 331EDAYH 331EDAYL 331EDAYM 331ER01 331ER10 331ERABH 331ERABL 331ERABM 331ERAGH 331ERAGL 331ERAGM 331ERARH 331ERARL 331ERARM 331ERAWH 331ERAWL 331ERAWM 331ERAYH 331ERAYL 331ERAYM 333E 333E01 333E02 333E03 333E10 333E11 333E12 333E20 333E21 333E30 333EABH01 333EABH10 333EABH11 333EABH20 333EABL01 333EABL10 333EABL11 333EABL20 333EABM01 333EABM10 333EABM11 333EABM20 333EAGH01 333EAGH10 333EAGH11 333EAGH20 333EAGL01 333EAGL10 333EAGL11 333EAGL20 333EAGM01 333EAGM10 333EAGM11 333EAGM20 333EARH01 333EARH10 333EARH11 333EARH20 333EARL01 333EARL10 333EARL11 333EARL20 333EARM01 333EARM10 333EARM11 333EARM20 333EAWH01 333EAWH10 Alternative Page order code 222960 222961 222962 223101 223102 223133 223113 223123 223132 223112 223122 223131 223111 223121 223130 223110 223120 223134 223114 223124 222964 222971 222973 222975 222972 222976 222978 222974 222977 223012 223015 223018 223002 223005 223008 223011 223014 223017 223001 223004 223007 223010 69 52 52 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 54 54 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 53 53 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 69 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 56 55 57 56 56 55 57 56 56 55 57 56 56 55 57 56 56 55 57 56 56 55 57 56 56 55 57 56 56 55 57 56 56 55 57 56 56 55 Control and signalling units Cat. No. 333EAWH11 333EAWH20 333EAWL01 333EAWL10 333EAWL11 333EAWL20 333EAWM01 333EAWM10 333EAWM11 333EAWM20 333EAYH01 333EAYH10 333EAYH11 333EAYH20 333EAYL01 333EAYL10 333EAYL11 333EAYL20 333EAYM01 333EAYM10 333EAYM11 333EAYM20 333ED11 333EDABH01 333EDABH10 333EDABH11 333EDABL01 333EDABL10 333EDABL11 333EDABM01 333EDABM10 333EDABM11 333EDAGH01 333EDAGH10 333EDAGH11 333EDAGL01 333EDAGL10 333EDAGL11 333EDAGM01 333EDAGM10 333EDAGM11 333EDARH01 333EDARH10 333EDARH11 333EDARL01 333EDARL10 333EDARL11 333EDARM01 333EDARM10 333EDARM11 333EDAWH01 333EDAWH10 333EDAWH11 333EDAWL01 333EDAWL10 333EDAWL11 333EDAWM01 333EDAWM10 333EDAWM11 333EDAYH01 333EDAYH10 333EDAYH11 333EDAYL01 333EDAYL10 333EDAYL11 333EDAYM01 333EDAYM10 333EDAYM11 333ER01 333ER02 333ER03 333ER10 333ER11 333ER20 333ER30 333ERABH01 333ERABH10 333ERABH11 333ERABL01 333ERABL10 333ERABL11 333ERABM01 333ERABM10 333ERABM11 333ERAGH01 333ERAGH10 333ERAGH11 333ERAGL01 333ERAGL10 333ERAGL11 333ERAGM01 333ERAGM10 333ERAGM11 333ERARH01 333ERARH10 333ERARH11 333ERARL01 333ERARL10 333ERARL11 333ERARM01 Alternative Page order code 223013 223016 223000 223003 223006 57 56 56 55 57 56 56 55 57 56 56 55 57 56 56 55 57 56 56 55 57 56 54 61 60 61 61 60 61 61 60 61 61 60 61 61 60 61 61 60 61 61 60 61 61 60 61 61 60 61 61 60 61 61 60 61 61 60 61 61 60 61 61 60 61 61 60 61 53 53 53 53 53 53 53 59 58 59 59 58 59 59 58 59 59 58 59 59 58 59 59 58 59 59 58 59 59 58 59 59 Cam switches Cat. No. 333ERARM10 333ERARM11 333ERAWH01 333ERAWH10 333ERAWH11 333ERAWL01 333ERAWL10 333ERAWL11 333ERAWM01 333ERAWM10 333ERAWM11 333ERAYH01 333ERAYH10 333ERAYH11 333ERAYL01 333ERAYL10 333ERAYL11 333ERAYM01 333ERAYM10 333ERAYM11 334E11 334E22 334EABH22 334EABL22 334EABM22 334EAGH22 334EAGL22 334EAGM22 334EARH22 334EARL22 334EARM22 334EAWH22 334EAWL22 334EAWM22 334EAYH22 334EAYL22 334EAYM22 335E 33D01 33D10 33DABH 33DABL 33DABM 33DAGH 33DAGL 33DAGM 33DARH 33DARL 33DARM 33DAWH 33DAWL 33DAWM 33DAYH 33DAYL 33DAYM 33E01 33E01C 33E01Y7 33E10 33E10Y7 33E11 33EABH 33EABL 33EABL4 33EABM 33EAGH 33EAGL 33EAGL4 33EAGM 33EARH 33EARL 33EARL4 33EARM 33EAWDM 33EAWH 33EAWL 33EAWL4 33EAWM 33EAYH 33EAYL 33EAYL4 33EAYM 33EFH 33EFM 33EHC 33ELC 33ET 33ETT 33EX 33EY 33P01 33P01Y7 33P10 33P10Y7 33PABL 33PAGL 33PARL 33PAWL 33PAYL 33R01 Alternative Page order code 222993 222983 222988 222992 222982 222987 222991 222981 222986 222990 222980 222985 222994 222984 222989 222968 223021 223022 222901 222907 222905 222902 222904 222903 222943 222913 222923 222933 222942 222912 222922 222932 222941 222911 222921 222931 222940 222910 222920 222930 222944 222914 222924 222934 222953 222952 222954 222955 222950 222951 223141 223144 223142 223143 223153 223152 223151 223150 223154 223051 2 58 59 59 58 59 59 58 59 59 58 59 59 58 59 59 58 59 59 58 59 52 52 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 69 62 62 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 62 62 62 62 62 62 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 68 68 67 67 67 67 68 68 63 63 63 63 66 66 66 66 66 62 Cat. No. 33R10 33RABH 33RABL 33RABM 33RAGH 33RAGL 33RAGM 33RARH 33RARL 33RARM 33RAWH 33RAWL 33RAWM 33RAYH 33RAYL 33RAYM 33RFH 33RFM 33S01 33S10 33SABH 33SABL 33SABM 33SAGH 33SAGL 33SAGM 33SARH 33SARL 33SARM 33SAWH 33SAWL 33SAWM 33SAYH 33SAYL 33SAYM I2B I2C IB1 IB3 IB7 IB9 IC1 IC3 IC7 IC9 L20SC10H L20SC10L L20SC10M L20SC20H L20SC20L L20SC20M L20SC31H L20SC31L L20SC31M L20SC32H L20SC32L L20SC32M L20SC34H L20SC34L L20SC34M L20SC35H L20SC35L L20SC35M L20SC36H L20SC36L L20SC36M L20SC40H L20SC40L L20SC40M L20SC50H L20SC50L L20SC50M L20SC60H L20SC60L L20SC60M L20SE10 L20SE10H L20SE10L L20SE10M L20SE20 L20SE20H L20SE20L L20SE20M L20SE31 L20SE32 L20SE34 L20SE35 L20SE36 L20SE40 L20SE40H L20SE40L L20SE40M L20SE50 L20SE50H L20SE50L L20SE50M L20SE60 L20SE60H L20SE60L L20SE60M Switch disconnectors Alternative Page order code 223052 223083 223063 223073 223082 223062 223072 223081 223061 223071 223080 223060 223070 223084 223064 223074 223093 223092 224241 224242 224273 224253 224263 224272 224252 224262 224271 224251 224261 224270 224250 224260 224274 224254 224264 224611 224601 224606 224612 224602 224607 224614 224604 224609 224610 224600 224605 224613 224603 224608 224161 223791 223771 223781 224162 223792 223772 223782 223794 223774 223784 223790 223770 223780 224163 223793 223773 223783 62 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 68 68 63 63 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 118 119 118 118 118 118 119 119 119 119 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 49 22 22 22 49 22 22 22 49 49 49 49 49 49 22 22 22 49 22 22 22 49 22 22 22 Cat. No. L21AA00 L21AA01 L21AA01B L21AA02 L21AA02A L21AA03 L21AA03A L21AA04 L21AA04C L21AA05 L21AA06 L21AA06A L21AA31 L21AA32 L21AA33 L21AA34 L21AA35 L21AA36 L21AA81 L21AA81B L21AA82 L21AA82B L21AA83 L21AB01 L21AB01A L21AB02 L21AB03 L21AB04 L21AB05 L21AB06 L21AC01 L21AC02 L21AC03 L21AC04 L21AD01 L21AD01C L21AD02 L21AD03 L21AD04 L21AD06 L21AE01 L21AE03 L21AH00 L21AH10 L21AH10H L21AH10L L21AH10M L21AH20 L21AH20H L21AH20L L21AH20M L21AH31 L21AH32 L21AH34 L21AH35 L21AH36 L21AH40 L21AH40L L21AH50 L21AH50L L21AH60 L21AH60L L21AK10 L21AK20 L21AK40 L21AK50 L21AK60 L21AL10 L21AL20 L21AL40 L21AL50 L21CA01 L21CA02 L21CA03 L21CA04 L21CA05 L21CA06 L21CB01 L21CB02 L21CB03 L21CB04 L21CB05 L21CB06 L21CH10 L21CH20 L21CH40 L21CH50 L21CH60 L21CK10 L21CK20 L21CK40 L21CK50 L21CK60 L21HA01 L21HA02 L21HA03 L21HA04 L21HA05 L21HA06 L21HA31 Alternative Page order code 223807 223801 223701 223802 223702 223806 223706 223804 223704 223800 223803 223703 223808 223809 223821 223715 223822 223826 223824 223820 223823 223831 223832 223833 223834 223716 223835 223836 223837 223838 223839 224007 224001 223758 223751 223756 224002 223759 223752 223757 224004 223754 224000 223750 224003 223753 224011 224012 224014 224010 224013 224018 224019 223841 223842 223846 223844 223840 223843 223851 223852 223856 224021 224022 224024 224020 224023 224026 224027 224029 224025 224028 223861 223862 223866 223863 23 23 14 23 14 23 14 23 14 23 23 14 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 14 23 14 23 24 14 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 25 16 25 25 25 25 25 25 40 40 20 20 20 40 20 20 20 40 40 40 40 40 40 20 40 20 40 20 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 26 26 26 26 26 26 27 27 27 27 27 27 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 Catalogue number index Cat. No. L21HA32 L21HA33 L21HA34 L21HA35 L21HA36 L21HB01 L21HB02 L21HB03 L21HB04 L21HB05 L21HB06 L21KA01 L21KA02 L21KA03 L21KA08 L21KB01 L21KB02 L21KB03 L21KB08 L21KC01 L21KC02 L21KC03 L21KC08 L21KD01 L21KD02 L21KD03 L21KD08 L21KE01 L21KE02 L21KE03 L21KE03B L21KE08 L21KF01 L21KF02 L21KF03 L21KG10 L21KG10C L21KG20 L21KG20E L21KG30 L21KG30B L21KH10 L21KH20 L21KH30 L21KJ10 L21KJ20 L21KJ30 L21KK10 L21KK20 L21KK30 L21KL10 L21KL20 L21KL30 L21KM10 L21KM20 L21KM30 L21KP01 L21KP02 L21KP03 L21KP08 L21KQ01 L21KQ02 L21KQ03 L21KR01 L21KR02 L21KR03 L21KS01 L21KS02 L21KS03 L21KT01 L21KT02 L21KT03 L21KU01 L21KU02 L21KU03 L21KV30 L21KX30 L21KY30 L21LA00 L21LA00G L21LB00 L21LC00 L21LD00 L21LF00 L21LG00 L21LH00 L21LK00 L21MA01 L21MA02 L21MA03 L21MA03A L21MA08 L21MB01 L21MB02 L21MB03 L21MB08 L21MC01 L21MC02 L21MC03 L21MD01 Alternative Page order code 223901 223902 223903 223904 223909 223905 223906 223907 223908 223913 223915 223918 224031 223761 224032 223762 224033 223763 224039 224035 224036 224037 224047 224045 224041 224042 224043 223930 223931 223932 223933 223934 223935 224060 223950 223738 223951 223952 223953 223954 223955 223956 223921 223922 223923 223731 223924 223926 223927 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 15 30 30 30 30 45 21 45 21 45 21 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 47 47 47 35 15 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 31 31 31 15 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 Control and signalling units Cat. No. L21MD02 L21MD03 L21MD03A L21MD08 L21ME10 L21ME20 L21ME30 L21MF10 L21MF20 L21MF30 L21MG10 L21MG20 L21MG30 L21MH10 L21MH20 L21MH30 L21MJ10 L21MJ20 L21MJ30 L21MK01 L21MK02 L21MK03 L21MK08 L21ML30 L21MM30 L21MN30 L21MP30 L21MR01 L21MR02 L21MR03 L21MR03A L21MR08 L21MS01 L21MS02 L21MS03 L21MS08 L21MT01 L21MT02 L21MT03 L21MT08 L21MU01 L21MU02 L21MU03 L21MU03B L21MU08 L21NA00 L21NB00 L21NC00 L21ND00 L21NE00 L21NJ00 L21NK00 L21NL00 L21RP03 L21TA03 L21TB03 L21TF03 L21UA03 L21UB03 L21UC03 L21UD03 L21UK03 L21VB03 L22AF01 L22AF01A L22AF02 L22AF02A L22AF03 L22AF03A L22AG04 L22AG05 L22AG06 L22AP10 L22AP20 L22AP40 L22AP50 L22AP60 L22DC01 L22DD01 L22DD01A L22DD03 L22DL10 L22DM10 L22DM20 L22DM40 L22DM50 L22DN10 L22DQ01 L22DR01 L22DR01B L22DU01 L22DU01A L22DU01G L22EC01 L22EC02 L22EC03 L22EC04 L22ED01 L22ED01B L22ED01D Alternative Page order code 223928 223732 224051 224052 224053 224054 224055 224056 224057 224058 224059 223929 224061 223940 223735 223941 223942 223943 223736 223960 223961 223962 223963 223964 223989 223970 223971 223972 223975 223976 223977 223811 223711 223812 223712 223813 223713 223872 223721 223876 224080 224082 223871 223874 223725 223895 223728 223880 223881 223882 223884 223720 31 31 15 31 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 31 31 31 31 48 48 48 48 33 33 33 15 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 15 33 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 39 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 38 23 14 23 14 23 14 23 23 23 40 40 40 40 40 27 28 17 28 44 44 44 44 44 45 28 29 18 29 29 19 27 27 27 27 27 27 16 Cam switches Cat. No. L22ED02 L22ED03 L22ED04 L22EL10 L22EM10 L22EM20 L22EM40 L22ER01 L22ER01D L22ER01K L22GM01 L22GM01E L22GQ01 L22GR01 L22GR01B L22VA03H L22VA03L L22VA03M L23AA01 L23AA02 L23AA03 L23AA04 L23AA05 L23AA06 L23AA31 L23AA32 L23AA33 L23AA34 L23AA35 L23AA36 L23AA81 L23AA82 L23AH10 L23AH20 L23AH31 L23AH32 L23AH34 L23AH35 L23AH36 L23AH40 L23AH50 L23AH60 L23CH10 L23CH20 L23CH40 L23CH50 L23CH60 L23SE10 L23SE20 L23SE31 L23SE32 L23SE34 L23SE35 L23SE36 L23SE40 L23SE50 L23SE60 L61BA22 L61BA22B L61QA21 L61QA22 L61QA22K L61QA33C L61QB21 L61QB21A L61QB21B L61QK21 L61QK21A L61QK21H L61QK21L L61QK21M L61QK53 L62QH21 L62QH21A L62QH22V L62QM21 L62QN21 LBX0100 LBX0100J LBX0100N LBX0100RN LBX0200 LBX0300 LBX0400 LBX0500 LBX10110 LBX10210 LBX10310 LBX10410 LBX10510 LBX10610 LBX11101 LBX11102 LBX11201 LBX11202 LBX11301 LBX11302 LBX12510 LBX12610 LBX130167 Alternative Page order code 223883 224090 224091 223885 223726 223891 223722 223890 223892 223727 223814 223815 223816 224008 224009 224040 224049 223987 223980 223982 223717 224073 224075 223767 223765 223766 224074 223984 224076 224200 224201 224202 224203 224204 224205 224210 224211 224213 224214 224216 3 27 27 27 44 44 44 44 29 18 29 28 17 28 29 19 38 38 38 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 43 43 43 43 43 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 26 26 26 26 26 26 25 14 25 42 42 20 20 20 42 41 41 41 25 42 90 90 90 90 90 91 92 93 86 86 87 87 87 86 88 88 88 88 88 88 86 87 90 Cat. No. LBX14201 LBX14202 LBX15101 LBX15102 LBX15201 LBX15202 LBX15301 LBX15302 LBX17101 LBX17102 LBX17201 LBX17202 LBX17301 LBX17302 LBX20120 LBX30430 LIA1 LIA3 LIA5 LIA7 LIA9 LIA9081 LIA9082 LIA9091 LIA9191 LIA9291 LIA9301 LIA9303 LIA9304 LIA9315 LIA9327 LIA9383 LIB1 LIB3 LIB5 LIB7 LIB9 LIB9093 LIB9382 LM11 LM2A LM2F LM4A LM4F LMV2A LMV2F LMV4F LT01 LT02 LT03 LT04 LT05 LT06 LT10 LT20 LT21 LT22 LT23 LT24 LT25 LT26 LT31 LT32 LT34 LT35 LT36 LT40 LT50 LT60 LWA0203 LWA0204 LWA0205 LWA0216 LWA0219 LWA0223 LWA0225 LWA0226 LWA0228 LWA0229 LWA0230 LWA0234 LWA0237 LWA0238 LWA0240 LWA0242 LWA0251 LWA0252 LWA0253 LWA0255 LWE00100 LWE00152 LWE00200 LWE00232 LWE00300 LWE00352 LWE16100 LWE16152 LWE16200 LWE16232 LWE16300 Switch disconnectors Alternative Page order code 224218 224219 224220 224221 224222 224230 224235 224301 224303 224300 224304 224302 224330 224331 224332 224344 224350 224351 224352 224353 224354 224306 224308 224305 224309 224307 224358 224357 222956 223990 223991 223996 223997 223992 223993 223999 224371 224372 224376 224374 224370 224373 224381 224382 224384 224380 224383 224191 224192 224193 224186 224196 224180 224188 224190 224187 224189 224185 224199 224183 224182 224184 224177 224178 224179 224174 224175 224176 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 88 87 87 87 87 87 87 89 89 71 71 71 71 71 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 71 71 71 71 71 72 72 67 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 79 79 79 81 82 79 80 82 79 81 81 82 81 82 80 80 79 79 79 79 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 Cat. No. LWE16352 LWG3 LWG31 LWG33 LWG35 LWG37 LWG39 LWP2 LWP3 LWP31 LWP33 LWP35 LWP37 LWP39 LWP4 T10SB10V T10SB20V T10SB30V T10SB40V T10SB50V T10SB60V T12AG01 T12AG02 T12AG03 T12AG04 T12AG05 T12AG06 T12AP10 T12AP20 T12AP30 T12AP40 T12AP50 T12HA01 T12HA02 T12HA03 T12HA04 T12HA05 T12HA06 T12HB01 T12HB02 T12HB03 T12HB04 T12HB05 T12HB06 T12HG01 T12HG02 T12HG03 T12HG04 T12HG05 T12HG06 T15SB10V T15SB20V T15SB30V T15SB40V T15SB50V T15SB60V T16AA01 T16AA02 T16AA03 T16AA04 T16AA05 T16AA06 T16AA81 T16AA82 T16AA83 T16AB01 T16AB02 T16AB03 T16AB04 T16AB05 T16AB06 T16AD01 T16AD02 T16AD03 T16AD04 T16AE01 T16AE03 T16AH10 T16AH20 T16AH30 T16AH40 T16AH50 T16AK10 T16AK20 T16AK30 T16AK40 T16AK50 T16AM10 T16AM20 T16AM40 T16AM50 T16CB01 T16CB02 T16CB03 T16CB04 T16CB05 T16CB06 T16CK10 T16CK20 T16CK30 Alternative Page order code 224316 224326 224328 224325 224329 224327 224319 224315 224321 224323 224320 224324 224322 224318 69 73 70 70 70 70 70 73 73 70 70 70 70 70 73 117 117 117 117 117 117 106 106 106 106 106 106 114 114 114 114 114 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 117 117 117 117 117 117 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106 107 107 107 107 107 107 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 107 107 107 107 107 107 115 115 115 Catalogue number index Cat. No. T16CK40 T16CK50 T16DD01 T16DD02 T16DD03 T16DD04 T16ED01 T16ED02 T16ED03 T16ED04 T16FD01 T16FD02 T16FD03 T16FD04 T16GF00 T16GG00 T16GH00 T16GJ00 T16GK00 T16GL00 T16GM00 T16GM01 T16GP01 T16KA01 T16KA03 T16KA08 T16KC01 T16KC03 T16KC08 T16KD01 T16KD03 T16KD08 T16KF01 T16KF03 T16KF08 T16KG10 T16KG20 T16KG50 T16KJ10 T16KJ20 T16KJ50 T16KK10 T16KK20 T16KK50 T16KM10 T16KM20 T16KM50 T16KP01 T16KP03 T16KP08 T16KR01 T16KR03 T16KR08 T16KS01 T16KS03 T16KS08 T16LA00 T16LC00 T16LD00 T16LF00 T16MA01 T16MA03 T16MA08 T16MC01 T16MC03 T16MC08 T16MD01 T16MD03 T16MD08 T16ME10 T16ME20 T16ME50 T16MG10 T16MG20 T16MG50 T16MH10 T16MH20 T16MH50 T16MJ10 T16MJ20 T16MJ50 T16MK01 T16MK02 T16MK08 T16MR01 T16MR03 T16MR08 T16MT01 T16MT03 T16MT08 T16MU01 T16MU03 T16MU08 T16NA00 T16NC00 T16ND00 T16NK00 T52QA02 T52QA03 UA0011 Alternative Page order code 115 115 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 112 112 108 108 108 108 108 108 108 108 108 108 108 108 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 110 110 110 110 108 108 108 108 108 108 108 108 108 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 116 108 108 108 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 110 110 110 110 107 107 121 Control and signalling units Cat. No. UA0012 UA0013 UA0014 UA0016 UA0111 UA0112 UA0113 UA0114 UA0202 UA0203 UA0204 UA0205 UA0206 UA0209 UA0215 UA0219 UA0228 UE02 UE10 UG3 UG31 UG33 UG37 UG39 UP3 UP31 UP33 UP37 UP39 WA0210 162122 223501 223502 223503 223504 223505 223506 223507 223508 223511 223512 223513 223514 223515 223516 223517 223520 223521 223522 223523 223525 223526 223527 223528 223529 227600 227601 227602 227603 227604 227605 227606 227608 227609 227610 227611 227612 227613 227614 227615 227616 227617 227618 227619 227620 227621 227622 227623 227624 227625 227626 227627 227629 227630 227631 227632 227636 227637 BC05Q3 BC06Q3 BC07Q3 BC11Q3 BC12Q3 BC13Q3 BC13Q3 BC14Q3 BC15Q3 BC16Q3 BCF140 BCF240 Alternative Page order code 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 120 120 120 120 122 122 120 120 120 120 119 118 118 118 118 119 118 118 118 118 122 270 134 134 134 134 147 147 147 147 156 156 156 156 205 205 205 212 196 196 196 206 206 192 194 188 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 131 131 131 131 131 132 131 131 131 131 132 131 131 131 132 132 292 292 292 292 292 292 292 292 292 292 292 292 Cam switches Cat. No. BCF340 BCF440 BPR01 CB3 CB4 CB5 CB6 CB8 CM10P CQ48 CQ64 CQ72 CQ96 C21RA01 C21RA02 C21RA03 C21RA08 C21RB01 C21RB02 C21RB03 C21RB08 C21RC00 C21RC48 C21RD00 C21RD48 C21RE00 C21RE48 C21RF00 C21RF48 C21RG00 C21RG48 C21RH00 C21RH48 C21RJ00 C21RJ48 C21RK00 C21RK48 C21RL00 C21RL48 C21RM00 C21RM48 C21RQ00 C21RQ48 C21RR00 C21RR48 C21RS00 C21RS48 C21RT00 C21RT48 N480MD50 N48MD50 GC60 GC61 GC61 GC63 GC63 GCD60 GCD61 GCD63 GN50 GN51 GN51 GN53 GN60 GN61 GN61 GN63 GN63 GND50 GND51 GND53 GND60 GND61 GND63 GSN53 HB01AAQ HB01AQ7 HB02AAQ HB02AQ7 HB03ABQ HB03AQ7 HB04ABQ HB04AQ7 HC01GAQ HC01GQ7 HC02GBQ HC02GQ7 HC03GCQ HC03GQ7 HC04GDQ HC04GQ7 HC51DAQ HC51DQ7 HC52DBQ HC52DQ7 HC53DCQ HC53DQ7 HC54DDQ HC54DQ7 HD01ABQ Alternative Page order code 227422 227451 227452 227748 227453 4 292 292 292 284 284 284 284 284 270 282 282 282 282 252 252 252 252 252 252 252 252 251 251 251 251 251 251 251 251 251 251 251 251 251 251 251 251 251 251 251 251 251 251 251 251 251 251 251 251 251 251 280 266 280 266 280 280 280 280 279 266 279 279 279 266 279 266 279 279 279 279 279 279 279 266 139 138 139 138 139 138 139 138 153 152 153 152 153 152 153 152 162 161 162 161 162 161 162 161 202 Cat. No. HD01AQ7 HD02ACQ HD02AQ7 HD03AQ7 HZ11GCQ HZ11GQ7 HZ13GQ7 HZ51BDQ HZ51BQ7 HZ52BDQ HZ52BQ7 HZ52CDQ HZ52CQ7 IB01AAQ IB01AQ7 IB02AAQ IB02AQ7 IB03ABQ IB03AQ7 IB04ABQ IB04AQ7 IC01GAQ IC01GQ7 IC02GBQ IC02GQ7 IC03GCQ IC03GQ7 IC04GDQ IC04GQ7 IC51DAQ IC51DQ7 IC52DBQ IC52DQ7 IC53DCQ IC53DQ7 IC54DDQ IC54DQ7 ID01ABQ ID01AQ7 ID02ACQ ID02AQ7 ID03AQ7 IF7 IF9 IZ11GQ7 IZ11GXQ IZ51BDQ IZ52BDQ IZ52CDQ IZ13GQ7 IZ51BQ7 IZ52BQ7 IZ52CQ7 J480PN51 J481PN51 J482PN51 J483PN51 J48PN51 J720MN51 J720MN61 J721MN51 J721MN61 J722MN51 J722MN61 J723MN51 J723MN61 J72MN51 J72MN61 J960GN61 J961GN61 J962GN61 J963GN61 LB01AQ9 LB02AQ9 LB03AQ9 LB04AQ9 LC01GQ9 LC02GQ9 LC03GQ9 LC04GQ9 LC51DQ9 LC52DQ9 LC53DQ9 LC54DQ9 LD01AQ9 LD02AQ9 LD03AQ9 LG3EV72 LG3EV73 LG3RV72 LG3RV73 LG4EV72 LG4EV73 LG4RV72 LG4RV73 LS3EV72 LS3EV73 LS3EV97 LS3RV72 LS3RV73 Switch disconnectors Alternative Page order code 227427 227456 227753 227458 202 202 202 202 169 169 175 180 180 186 186 186 186 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 154 153 154 153 154 153 154 153 163 162 163 162 163 162 163 162 203 203 203 203 203 282 282 170 170 181 187 187 175 181 187 187 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 140 140 140 140 154 154 154 154 163 163 163 163 204 204 204 141 141 143 143 141 141 143 143 141 141 142 142 142 Cat. No. LS3RV97 LS4EV72 LS4EV73 LS4EV97 LS4RV72 LS4RV73 LS4RV97 LWA0234 MB01AQ9 MB02AQ9 MB03AQ9 MB04AQ9 MC01GQ9 MC02GQ9 MC03GQ9 MC04GQ9 MC51DQ9 MC52DQ9 MC53DQ9 MC54DQ9 MD01AQ9 MD02AQ9 MD03AQ9 MG3EV72 MG3EV73 MG3RV72 MG3RV73 MG4EV72 MG4EV73 MG4RV72 MG4RV73 MN50 MN51 MN51 MN53 MN53 MN60 MN61 MN61 MN63 MN63 MND50 MND51 MND53 MND60 MND61 MND63 MS3EV72 MS3EV73 MS3EV97 MS3RV72 MS3RV73 MS3RV97 MS4EV72 MS4EV73 MS4EV97 MS4RV72 MS4RV73 MS4RV97 N480 NB01AC113 NB01AGQ NB01AQ1 NB01AX80 NB01EQ1 NB01EX80 NB02AC113 NB02AGQ NB02AQ1 NB02AX80 NB02EQ1 NB02EX80 NB03AC113 NB03AHQ NB03AQ1 NB03AX80 NB03EQ1 NB03EX80 NB04AC113 NB04AHQ NB04AQ1 NB04AX80 NC01CQ1 NC01GC113 NC01GQ1 NC01GX80 NC01GXQ NC02CQ1 NC02GC113 NC02GQ1 NC02GX80 NC02GXQ NC03CQ1 NC03GC113 NC03GQ1 NC03GX80 NC03GXQ NC04GC113 NC04GQ1 NC04GX80 Alternative Page order code 227400 227540 227588 227700 227711 227401 227541 227589 227701 227712 227402 227590 227702 227403 227490 227430 227545 227491 227431 227546 227492 227432 227433 143 141 141 142 142 142 143 212 140 140 140 140 155 155 155 155 164 164 164 164 204 204 204 144 144 146 146 144 144 146 146 279 266 279 266 279 279 266 279 266 279 279 279 279 279 279 279 144 144 145 145 145 146 144 144 145 145 145 146 284 135 136 134 135 134 135 135 136 134 135 134 135 135 136 134 135 134 135 135 136 134 135 147 148 147 148 149 147 148 147 148 149 147 148 147 148 149 148 147 148 Catalogue number index Cat. No. NC04GXQ NC51DC113 NC51DQ1 NC51DX80 NC51DXQ NC52DC113 NC52DQ1 NC52DX80 NC52DXQ NC53DC113 NC53DQ1 NC53DX80 NC53DXQ NC54DC113 NC54DQ1 NC54DX80 NC54DXQ ND01AC113 ND01AQ1 ND01AX80 ND01AXQ ND02AC113 ND02AQ1 ND02AX80 ND02AXQ ND03AC113 ND03AQ1 ND03AX80 ND03AXQ ND51EQ1 ND52EQ1 ND53EQ1 NDF03 NDF15 NR51UQ1 NR52UQ1 NR53UQ1 NR54UQ1 NR55UQ1 NY11AQ1 NY11AX80 NY14AQ1 NY14AX80 NY17AQ1 NY17AX80 NY31AQ1 NY31AX80 NY37GQ1 NY37GX80 NZ11GQ1 NZ11GXQ NZ13GQ1 NZ13GXQ NZ51BQ1 NZ51BXQ NZ52BQ1 NZ52BXQ NZ52CQ1 NZ52CXQ PC50 PC51 PC51 PC53 PC53 PC60 PC61 PC61 PC63 PC63 PCD50 PCD51 PCD53 PCD60 PCD61 PCD63 PN50 PN51 PN51 PN53 PN53 PND50 PND51 PND53 Q048 Q064 Q072 Q41 Q41 Q410 Q410 Q43 Q43 Q430 Q430 Q45 Q45 Q450 Q450 Q48 Q48 Alternative Page order code 227460 227461 227462 227552 227463 227553 227502 227503 227504 227597 227598 227599 227704 227705 227706 227533 227535 227558 227536 227561 227537 227562 227510 149 157 156 157 158 157 156 157 158 157 156 157 158 157 156 157 158 198 197 197 198 198 197 197 198 198 197 197 198 205 205 205 195 157 207 208 209 210 211 189 189 190 190 191 191 193 193 194 195 165 165 171 172 176 176 182 182 182 182 280 266 280 266 280 280 266 280 266 280 280 280 280 280 280 280 279 266 279 266 279 279 279 279 282 282 282 265 283 265 283 265 283 265 283 265 283 265 283 265 283 Control and signalling units Cat. No. Q480 Q480 Q480PC50 Q480PN50 Q48PC50 Q48PN50 Q61 Q61 Q610 Q610 Q63 Q63 Q630 Q630 Q64 Q640 Q640MN60 Q640PC50 Q640PC60 Q640PN50 Q64MN60 Q64PC50 Q64PC60 Q64PN50 Q65 Q65 Q650 Q650 Q68 Q680 Q71 Q71 Q710 Q710 Q72 Q720 Q720MN60 Q720PC60 Q72MN60 Q72PC60 Q73 Q73 Q730 Q730 Q75 Q75 Q750 Q750 Q78 Q780 Q91 Q91 Q93 Q93 Q95 Q95 Q96 Q96GC60 Q96GN60 Q98 SB01AQ1 SB01AXQ SB02AQ1 SB02AXQ SB03AQ1 SB03AXQ SB03EQ1 SB04AQ1 SB04AXQ SB04EQ1 SC01GQ1 SC01GXQ SC02GQ1 SC02GXQ SC03GQ1 SC03GXQ SC04GQ1 SC04GXQ SC51DQ1 SC51DXQ SC52DQ1 SC52DXQ SC53DQ1 SC53DXQ SC54DQ1 SC54DXQ SD01AQ1 SD01AXQ SD02AQ1 SD02AXQ SD03AQ1 SD03AXQ SZ11GQ1 SZ11GXQ SZ13GQ1 SZ13GXQ SZ51BQ1 SZ51BXQ SZ52BQ1 SZ52BXQ Alternative Page order code 227406 227407 227592 227408 227593 227435 227438 227514 265 283 264 264 264 264 265 283 265 283 265 283 265 283 283 283 264 264 264 264 264 264 264 264 265 283 265 283 265 265 265 283 265 283 283 283 264 264 264 264 265 283 265 283 265 283 265 283 265 265 265 283 265 283 265 283 283 264 264 265 136 137 136 137 136 137 136 136 137 136 149 150 149 150 149 150 149 150 158 159 158 159 158 159 158 159 199 199 199 199 199 199 166 166 172 173 177 177 183 183 Cam switches Cat. No. SZ52CQ1 SZ52CXQ TB01AQ1 TB01AXQ TB02AQ1 TB02AXQ TB03AQ1 TB03AXQ TB03EQ1 TB04AQ1 TB04AXQ TC01GQ1 TC01GXQ TC02GQ1 TC02GXQ TC03GQ1 TC03GXQ TC04GQ1 TC04GXQ TC51DQ1 TC51DXQ TC52DQ1 TC52DXQ TC53DQ1 TC53DXQ TC54DQ1 TC54DXQ TD01AQ1 TD01AXQ TD02AQ1 TD02AXQ TD03AQ1 TD03AXQ TZ11GQ1 TZ11GXQ TZ13GQ1 TZ13GXQ TZ51BQ1 TZ51BXQ TZ52BQ1 TZ52BXQ TZ52CQ1 TZ52CXQ UF36 UF36000 UF38 UF38000 WE40 WE41 WE43 WE45 WE47 WE60 WE61 WE63 WE65 WE67 WE70 WE71 WE73 WE75 WE77 WE90 WE91 WE93 WE95 WR01 WR02 WR03 WR04 ZB01AQ7 ZB01AXQ ZB02AQ7 ZB02AXQ ZB03AQ7 ZB03AXQ ZB03EQ7 ZB04AQ7 ZB04AXQ ZC01GQ7 ZC01GXQ ZC02GQ7 ZC02GXQ ZC03GQ7 ZC03GXQ ZC04GQ7 ZC04GXQ ZC51DQ7 ZC51DXQ ZC52DQ7 ZC52DXQ ZC53DQ7 ZC53DXQ ZC54DQ7 ZC54DXQ ZD01AQ7 ZD01AXQ ZD02AQ7 ZD02AXQ ZD03AQ7 Alternative Page order code 227517 227410 227412 227594 227440 227736 227738 227470 227415 227417 227596 227418 227446 227448 227743 227476 5 183 183 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 150 151 150 151 150 151 150 151 159 160 159 160 159 160 159 160 200 200 200 200 200 200 167 167 173 174 178 178 184 184 184 184 282 282 282 282 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 281 269 269 269 269 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 151 152 151 152 151 152 151 152 160 161 160 161 160 161 160 161 201 201 201 201 201 Cat. No. ZZ11GQ7 ZZ11GXQ ZZ13GQ7 ZZ51BQ7 ZZ51BXQ ZZ52BQ7 ZZ52BXQ ZZ52CQ7 ZZ52CXQ 165009 165109 165209 165309 165409 165509 168009 168109 168209 168309 168409 168509 172000 172001 172002 172003 172011 172021 172061 172065 172071 172075 172100 172101 172102 172103 172121 172161 172165 172167 172174 172175 172177 172179 172179 172179 172185 172189 172189 172189 172195 172199 172199 172199 172200 172201 172202 172221 172261 172265 172267 172267 172267 172275 172277 172277 172277 172300 172301 172302 172321 172361 172365 172367 172375 172377 172385 172395 172399 172400 172401 172402 172421 172461 172465 172475 172500 172501 172502 172549 172559 172561 172565 172567 172569 172575 172577 172579 172585 172589 172595 Switch disconnectors Alternative Page order code 222142 222143 222144 222145 222146 222147 222152 222153 222154 222155 222156 222157 222110 222102 222122 222132 222108 222112 222172 222212 222179 222202 222130 222103 222123 222133 222113 222173 222213 222232 222201 222203 222235 222208 222208 222208 222222 222238 222238 222238 222225 222239 222239 222239 222140 222104 222124 222114 222174 222214 222270 222270 222270 222204 222272 222272 222272 222150 222105 222125 222115 222175 222215 222233 222205 222236 222223 222226 222242 222170 222106 222126 222116 222176 222216 222206 222180 222107 222127 222244 222245 222177 222217 222234 222246 222207 222237 222247 222224 222248 222227 168 168 174 179 179 185 185 185 185 298 298 298 298 298 298 303 303 303 303 303 303 306 295 296 297 295 295 299 306 299 306 306 295 296 297 295 299 306 309 306 306 309 306 310 313 306 309 312 315 306 309 312 315 310 295 296 295 299 310 309 312 315 310 309 312 315 310 295 296 295 299 310 312 310 312 310 310 308 313 295 296 295 299 313 313 313 295 296 308 308 299 313 315 311 313 315 311 313 314 313 Cat. No. 172599 172601 172601 172602 172603 172604 172612 172621 172622 172629 172629 172629 172639 172639 172639 172649 172649 172649 172901 172911 172921 172945 172945 172961 172965 172965 172971 172981 174001 174002 174005 174061 174101 174102 174105 174161 174179 174179 174179 174189 174189 174189 174199 174199 174199 174201 174202 174205 174249 174249 174249 174259 174259 174259 174261 174269 174269 174269 174301 174302 174305 174361 174399 174401 174402 174405 174449 174461 174501 174502 174505 174559 174561 174569 174599 174601 174601 174621 174901 Alternative Page order code 222249 222250 222250 222260 222251 222261 222263 222252 222262 222280 222280 222280 222281 222281 222281 222282 222282 222282 222101 222109 222111 222295 222295 222171 222231 222231 222178 222181 222164 222188 222195 222118 222165 222189 222196 222119 222275 222275 222275 222276 222276 222276 222274 222274 222274 222166 222190 222197 222269 222269 222269 222271 222271 222271 222120 222273 222273 222273 222167 222191 222198 222121 222243 222168 222192 222199 222299 222128 222169 222193 222200 222285 222129 222286 222284 222255 222255 222257 222163 314 307 311 307 307 307 311 314 314 309 312 315 309 312 315 309 312 315 294 294 294 294 300 299 294 300 299 299 301 302 304 305 301 302 304 305 309 312 315 309 312 315 309 312 315 301 302 304 309 312 315 309 312 315 305 309 312 315 301 302 304 305 308 301 302 304 309 305 301 302 304 309 304 309 309 307 311 314 300 Control and signalling units o 22 Heads, blocks and connection... designed to last! LOCKING RING y HEAD y CLIP - Insulating material ensures electrical safety - Integrated anti-rotation tab - Legend holder frame keeps IP 66 + IP 69K protection - Optimised ergonomic design - Choice of bezels: black or chrome plastic - Innovative and varied functions - Optimised dimensions - Enhanced rigidity - For 1, 3 and 5 blocks - Blocks are simply snapped onto the clip "Cleverly designed to be both ergonomic and clearly visible" "Flexibility of configuration: 1, 3 or 5 position clips Contact blocks can be assembled in any order..." See page 69 See pages 23 to 50 6 y CONNECTION PLUG-IN TERMINALS [ Time-saving and completely safe. SCREW TERMINALS FASTON TERMINALS y BLOCK [ "Imaginatively designed to be safe, robust and durable" - Securely fixed by clipping into place - Stackable - Grade protection: IP 20 as "finger safe" on screw and plug-in terminals - Electrical insulation - LED blocks combining long life and economy (100,000 hours) - Corrosion resistant to some chemicals and sea air, etc - Conform to standard EN/IEC 60947-5-1 - Compliant with RoHS European directive (concerning restriction of hazardous substances) PIN STYLE TERMINALS (FOR PCB) [ See pages 52 to 68 7 [ Control and signalling units o 22 New heads... robust and clearly marked! Selector switches with key, handle, long handle, or knob IP69K IP 66 to IP 69K IK 05 Head with anti-rotation tab : O 22,3 mm cut-out : Optional cut-out required for anti-rotation tab Mushroom head Double touch ISO 13850 illuminated innovative design y ADVANTAGES We're full of innovative ideas from listening to your needs, and watching you work - On all heads, rotation is prevented by a tab which retracts when not required - Insulating material ensures electrical safety - Design and shape help avoid build-up of dirt and make the switch easy to clean - ISO 13850 illuminated mushroom head with yellow collar for side-on visual indication - Optimised ergonomic design - Innovative functions: illuminated emergency stop mushroom head, etc - Optimised dimensions: low-profile heads 8 Illuminated head 5 colours, LED light source y MARKING WITH LEGENDS - Frame can be turned to 4 positions (0 ; 90 ; 180 and 270) - Special legend plate for double touch - Legend plates: choice between 5 colours, blank or pre-engraved Bezels Choice between: black or chrome Engraving Frame Button plate can be mounted in 4 positions (0 ; 90 ; 180 and 270) round or square shape, 30 or 40 mm wide Legend plate can be clipped into place after installation y READY-ASSEMBLED CONTROL STATION - Innovative design - 1, 2 or 3 buttons See page 86 9 Control and signalling units o 22 Simplicity, speed, choice! Anti rotation Tab w w 2 w w w 1 Auto-grip ring Fixing head held firmly in the drilling hole during assembly Locking ring to fix the head Locate block onto head and lock in place with rotating metallic latch y ADVANTAGES Our objective is to simplify and shorten time of installation: - Head held firmly in place by auto-grip ring, allows single-hand mounting - Foolproof method of positioning the block sub-assembly correctly on the head - Rotating metallic latch easily accessible with a screwdriver where space is limited - Anti rotation tab to be aligned with notch of panel cut-out (p. 95), retracts when not required Method for tightening the locking ring: Tightening torque: 3 Nm or tightened with fixing tool (p. 82) to hand tight after pressure point plus another half turn. 10 y CONFIGURATIONS "A range designed to meet adapt to all requirements and all situations" COMPLETE UNITS - Control and signalling units are supplied ready for use with head and pre-assembled block/clip - A single product code provides a solution for the most common needs SEPARATE UNITS - Maximum flexibility - For numerous possible solutions w 1 Quick connection No tool required for wires with ferrules. New plug-in terminals 2 CUSTOMISED SOLUTIONS (request form p. 83) - Custom assemblies to suit your needs - The Baco response for specific requirements: pre-assembly, aesthetic design, engraving, etc 11 3 Control and signalling units o 22 Products for industrial environments y BACO PROVIDES SOLUTIONS FOR HARSH INDUSTRIAL ENVIRONMENTS BACO push buttons O 22mm are available in plastic bodies and can be fitted with an external shroud to protect against liquid and dust ingress into the head itself. All front elements are rated to a minimum IP 66 environmental rating, protecting against high seas, sprayed water and dirt. Many standard operators have more stringent IP 67 and IP 69K ratings, protecting from submersion and high-pressure/high-temperature wash down environments. IP 66 - IP 69K E-Stops IP 66 - IP 69K operators IP 66 - IP 69K selectors IP 66 - IP 69K pilot devices y ACCESSORIES TO PERFORM BACO O 22mm control and signalling devices can be equipped with protective shrouds which guarantee a degree of protection to IP 67 shrouds prevent ingress of water and dust. Shrouds for Twin touch operator Shrouds for projected operator Shrouds for flush operator IP 67 Shrouded Twin touch operator BACO operators to meet the needs of industries such as: Outdoor Machinery Food processing Pharmaceutical Petrochemical Waste Treatment Bottling Car Wash Centers Trucking/Transportation Mobile Machines Material Handling Marine Metal Forming Mining Oil & Gas 12 IP 67 Shrouded projected operator Degree of ingress protection y WHAT IS THE MEANING OF IP 66/67/69K PROTECTION DEGREE? IP 66/IP 67 protection degrees are degrees of protection provided by the standard (respectively against strong water jets and temporary water immersion). BACO has introduced on its products IP 69K protection degree (against water jets with high temperature and pressure), to offer the maximum achievable and testable performances, fulfilling more strict standards. Illuminated or non-illuminated, momentary or maintained action pushbuttons, selector switches, emergency stop buttons and pilot devices for harsh environments, sealed to IP 67 or IP 69K when manufactured after week 36_2015. 100l/min y WATERPROOF ACCORDING TO IP 66 BACO's control & pilot devices are protected from total dust ingress. Protected from high pressure water jets from any direction too. 2.5m 3 min y WATERPROOF ACCORDING TO IP 67 BACO's control & pilot devices are perfect for tough environments where a waterproof enclosure is required. Shrouded modular devices are approved according to IP 67. The products are protected against the effects of temporary immersion in water, one meter down, for up to 30 minutes. 1 meter 90 y TOUGH AND ROBUST ACCORDING TO IP 69K The IP 69K certification was initially developed for applications that need regular intensive cleaning (dump trucks, cement mixers, etc.). BACO's control devices are certified according to IP 69K meaning you do not have to worry about treating them rough. Spray them with water or leave them out in the snow. They will stay reliable and functional. Industrial vehicles Outdoor machinery Mining 13 30 min 60 10-15 cm 30 0 Marine Complete units: Push-buttons o 22 > SPRING RETURN - NON ILLUMINATED IP 66 - IP 69K Complete units consisting of: - head - clip and screw electrical blocks assembled Plastic chrome bezel - Black bezel on request (form p. 83) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) FLUSH Cat. No. O 29,9 11 Without engraving 43 Red Green Black Yellow Blue 20,1 19,6 L21AA02A NC NO NO NO NO 21 13 22 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 21 13 22 14 L21AA01B L21AA02A L21AA03A L21AA04C L21AA06A With engraving Red Green FLUSH NC NO L21AA81B L21AA82B Reinforced degree of protection: IP 67 O 31,5 43 16,9 Supplied with opaque shroud 20,1 Red Green Black NC NO NO Red NC 21 13 22 14 13 14 21 22 L22AF01A L22AF02A L22AF03A 19,6 L22AF01A PROJECTING L21AB01A 43 16,3 O 29,9 20,1 19,6 L21AB01A FLUSH-PROJECTING 11 Double touch - degree of protection: IP 66 53,9 NO NC 13 43 17 Green - Flush Red - Projecting 26 L61QB21A Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 14 1 14 21 22 NO 3 2 NF L61QB21A Complete units: Selector switches o 22 IP 66 - IP 69K Complete units consisting of: - head - clip and screw electrical blocks assembled Plastic chrome bezel - Black bezel on request (form p. 83) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > SELECTOR SWITCHES - NON ILLUMINATED WITH HANDLE 2 positions O 29,9 Cat. No. 1 NO 13 14 L21KE03B 43 23 Stay-put positions - 90 0 Black 20,1 19,6 L21KE03B WITH HANDLE 3 positions O 29,9 Cat. No. Stay-put positions - 45 23 Black 0 1 43 Spring return to 0 - 45 26 Black 2 2 NO 13 2 NO 13 0 1 2 14 23 24 1 3 NO 14 23 24 1 2 NO 3 NO L21MA03A 2 NO L21MD03A L21MA03A WITH LONG HANDLE Cat. No. 3 positions O 29,9 24 Stay-put positions - 45 23 Black 43 Spring return to 0 - 45 26 Black 0 1 1 2 2 NO 0 13 14 23 24 13 14 23 24 1 1 2 2 NO 3 NO NO 2 NO 3 L21MR03A 2 NO L21MU03B L21MR03A WITH KEY Cat. No. 2 positions O 29,9 26,2 48,4 Supplied with 2 keys profile n455 Stay-put positions - 45 0 1 13 NO 43 Key free in position 0 20,1 19,6 L21LA00G Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 15 14 L21LA00G Complete units: Mushroom heads o 22 IP 66 - IP 69K Complete units consisting of: - head - clip and screw electrical blocks assembled Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > MUSHROOM HEADS - NON ILLUMINATED O 40 - SPRING RETURN Cat. No. Push Plastic chrome bezel Black bezel on request (form p. 83) Red NC 21 22 L21AD01C L21AD01C 43 22 O 40 20,1 19,6 O 40 - STAY-PUT Cat. No. Push-turn to reset Black bezel Red NC 21 L22ED01D 43 25,7 O 40 20,1 19,6 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 16 22 L22ED01D Complete units: Mushroom heads o 22 IP 66 - IP 69K Complete units consisting of: - head - clip and screw electrical blocks assembled Plastic black bezel Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > MUSHROOM HEADS - NON ILLUMINATED (continued) O 40 - STAY-PUT Cat. No. Push-pull to reset Red NC 21 22 L22DD01A L22DD01A 43 34,2 O 40 20,1 19,6 O 40 - STAY-PUT Cat. No. Key to reset Supplied with 2 keys profile n455 Red NC 21 L22GM01E 43 30,7 53,7 O 40 20,1 19,6 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 17 22 L22GM01E Complete units: Mushroom heads o 22 IP 66 - IP 69K Complete units consisting of: - head - clip and screw electrical blocks assembled Plastic black bezel Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > ISO 13850 EMERGENCY STOP - NON ILLUMINATED O 40 ISO 13850 - STAY-PUT Cat. No. Push-turn to reset Head position visible from the side with yellow collar Compliant with the requirements of emergency stop: IEC 60947-5-5 / ISO 13850 Red NO + NC 13 14 1 21 22 3 2 NO NF L22ER01D L22ER01D 43 39,7 O 40 26 O 40 ISO 13850 - STAY-PUT Cat. No. Push-pull to reset Head position visible from the side with yellow collar Compliant with the requirements of emergency stop: IEC 60947-5-5 / ISO 13850 Red NO + NC L22DR01B 43 39,7 O 40 26 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 18 13 14 1 21 22 NO 3 2 NF L22DR01B Complete units: Mushroom heads o 22 IP 66 - IP 69K Complete units consisting of: - head - clip and screw electrical blocks assembled Plastic black bezel Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > ISO 13850 EMERGENCY STOP - NON ILLUMINATED O 40 ISO 13850 - STAY-PUT Key to reset Cat. No. Double position indicator: head and collar Compliant with the requirements of emergency stop: IEC 60947-5-5 / ISO 13850 Supplied with 2 keys profile n455 Red NO + NC 13 1 14 21 22 NO 3 2 NF L22GR01B L22GR01B 43 40,8 63,8 O 40 26 O 54 ISO 13850 - STAY-PUT Push-pull to reset with flag indicator Cat. No. Double position indicator: head and collar Compliant with the requirements of emergency stop: IEC 60947-5-5 / ISO 13850 Flag indicator: Engraving STOP and I Red NC L22DU01G 43 38,5 O 54 20,1 19,65 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 19 21 22 L22DU01G Complete units: Pushbuttons o 22 > SPRING RETURN - ILLUMINATED IP 66 - IP 69K Complete units consisting of: - head - clip and screw electrical blocks assembled Plastic chrome bezel - Black bezel on request (form p. 83) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) FLUSH Cat. No. LED blocks 1 13 14 X1 3 2 X2 21 22 NO NF 24V Red Green Yellow White Blue L21AH20L O 29,9 NO+NC NO+NC NO+NC NO+NC NO+NC L21AH10L L21AH20L L21AH40L L21AH50L L21AH60L NO+NC NO+NC L21AH10M L21AH20M NO+NC NO+NC L21AH10H L21AH20H 11 130 V 43 Red Green 230 V 26 Red Green TWIN TOUCH - FLUSH-PROJECTING Degree of protection: IP 66 LED blocks Central part illuminated 1 13 14 X1 3 2 X2 21 22 NO NF 24 V Green Red NO NC L61QK21L NO NC L61QK21M NO NC L61QK21H 130 V Green Red 11 L61QK21H 17 53,9 230 V 43 Green Red 26 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 20 Complete units: Selector switches o 22 > SELECTOR SWITCHES - ILLUMINATED WITH HANDLE IP 66 - IP 69K Complete units consisting of: - head - clip and screw electrical blocks assembled Plastic chrome bezel - Black bezel on request (form p. 83) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) Cat. No. 2 positions O 29,9 13 14 X1 X2 21 22 23 LED blocks 43 Stay-put positions - 45 24 V 26 Red Green Black NO + NC NO + NC NO + NC L21KG10C Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 21 0 1 L21KG10C L21KG20E L21KG30B Complete units: Pilot lights o 22 IP 66 - IP 69K Complete units consisting of: - head - clip and screw electrical blocks assembled Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > PILOT LIGHTS Cat. No. 11,3 O 29,9 X1 X2 43 24 V 20,1 L20SE20L LED blocks 19,6 L20SE10L L20SE20L L20SE40L L20SE50L L20SE60L Red Green Yellow White Blue 130 V L20SE10M L20SE20M L20SE40M L20SE50M L20SE60M Red Green Yellow White Blue 230V L20SE10H L20SE20H L20SE40H L20SE50H L20SE60H Red Green Yellow White Blue One-piece pilot lights (p. 49-50) Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 22 Separate units o 22: Heads IP 66 - IP 69K To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52) Equipped with a locking ring Plastic chrome bezel - Black bezel on request (form p. 83) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > PUSH-BUTTONS - NON ILLUMINATED SPRING RETURN - FLUSH Cat. No. 11 O 29,9 L21AA02 Without engraving L21AA01 L21AA02 L21AA03 L21AA04 L21AA05 L21AA06 Red Green Black Yellow White Blue With engraving Red L21AA81 Green L21AA82 Black L21AA83 On demand engraving (p. 74) Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number Red Green Black Yellow White Blue L21AA31 L21AA32 L21AA33 L21AA34 L21AA35 L21AA36 (Other colours and engraving: fill in the form p. 83) Without button plate L21AA00 Button plates (see p. 78) L21AA00 SPRING RETURN - FLUSH Reinforced degree of protection: IP 67 16,9 O 31,5 Supplied with shroud Opaque L22AF01 L22AF02 L22AF03 Red Green Black L22AF01 Transparent Yellow White Blue L22AG04 L22AG05 L22AG06 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 23 Separate units o 22: Heads IP 66 - IP 69K To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52) Equipped with a locking ring Plastic chrome bezel - Black bezel on request (form p. 83) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > PUSH-BUTTONS - NON ILLUMINATED (continued) SPRING RETURN - SUPER FLUSH 2,8 Degree of protection: IP 66 29,6 32,4 O 38 Metallic chrome bezel Cut-out o 30,5 mm Without engraving L23AA01 L23AA02 L23AA03 L23AA04 L23AA05 L23AA06 Red Green Black Yellow White Blue L23AA02 Cat. No. With engraving Red L23AA81 Green L23AA82 On demand engraving (p. 74) Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number Red Green Black Yellow White Blue L23AA31 L23AA32 L23AA33 L23AA34 L23AA35 L23AA36 (Other colours and engraving: fill in the form p. 83) SPRING RETURN - PROJECTING 16,25 O 29,9 L21AB01 L21AB02 L21AB03 L21AB04 L21AB05 L21AB06 Red Green Black Yellow White Blue L21AB01 SPRING RETURN - MUSHROOM HEAD O 32 22 O 32 Push L21AC01 L21AC02 L21AC03 L21AC04 Red Green Black Yellow L21AC03 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 24 Separate units o 22: Heads IP 66 - IP 69K To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52) Equipped with a locking ring Plastic chrome bezel - Black bezel on request (form p. 83) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > PUSH-BUTTONS - NON ILLUMINATED (continued) SPRING RETURN - MUSHROOM HEAD O 40 Cat. No. Push L21AD01 L21AD02 L21AD03 L21AD04 L21AD06 Red Green Black Yellow Blue 22 O 40 L21AD01 SPRING RETURN - MUSHROOM HEAD O 70 Push L21AE01 L21AE03 Red Black 22 O 70 L21AE03 SPRING RETURN - FLUSH-PROJECTING Double touch - degree of protection: IP 66 11 17 53,9 Green Red L61QB21 Green engraving START Red engraving STOP L61QB21B 29,9 L61QB21 SPRING RETURN - FLUSH-PROJECTING 19 Double touch - reinforced degree of protection: IP 67 11 Supplied with transparent shroud Green Red 55,4 31,4 L62QM21 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 25 L62QM21 Separate units o 22: Heads IP 66 - IP 69K To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52) Equipped with a locking ring Plastic chrome bezel - Black bezel on request (form p. 83) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > PUSH-BUTTONS - NON ILLUMINATED (continued) SPRING RETURN - FLUSH-FLUSH Double touch - degree of protection: IP 66 12,3 11 29,9 53,9 L61QA21 17 11 53,9 29,9 Green Red L61QA21 Green engraving Green engraving L61QA22 Green Green L61QA22K Black Black L61QA33C Triple touch - degree of protection: IP 66 SPRING RETURN - FLUSH-PROJECTING-FLUSH Cat. No. Green Red engraving STOP Green L61BA22 Green Red engraving STOP Green L61BA22B L61BA22 STAY-PUT - FLUSH 11 O 29,9 L21CA01 L21CA02 L21CA03 L21CA04 L21CA05 L21CA06 Red Green Black Yellow White Blue L21CA01 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 26 Separate units o 22: Heads IP 66 - IP 69K To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52) Equipped with a locking ring Plastic black bezel Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > PUSH-BUTTONS - NON ILLUMINATED (continued) STAY-PUT - PROJECTING Cat. No. 16,3 O 29,9 Plastic chrome bezel Black bezel on request (form p. 83) L21CB01 L21CB02 L21CB03 L21CB04 L21CB05 L21CB06 Red Green Black Yellow White Blue L21CB02 > MUSHROOM HEADS - NON ILLUMINATED O 32 - STAY-PUT Push-turn to reset 25,7 O 32 L22EC01 L22EC02 L22EC03 L22EC04 Red Green Black Yellow L22EC01 O 32 - STAY-PUT Push-pull to reset Red L22DC01 34,2 O 32 L22DC01 O 40 - STAY-PUT Push-turn to reset 25,7 O 40 L22ED01 Without engraving L22ED01 L22ED02 L22ED03 L22ED04 Red Green Black Yellow With engraving Red - engraving STOP - STOP - STOP Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 27 L22ED01B Separate units o 22: Heads IP 66 - IP 69K To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52) Equipped with a locking ring Plastic black bezel Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > MUSHROOM HEAD - NON ILLUMINATED (continued) O 40 - STAY-PUT Push-pull to reset O 40 L22DD01 L22DD03 Red Black 34,2 Cat. No. L22DD01 O 40 - STAY-PUT Key to reset O 40 L22GM01 Red 30,7 53,7 Supplied with 2 keys profile n 455 L22GM01 > ISO 13850 EMERGENCY STOP - NON ILLUMINATED O 32 ISO 13850 - STAY-PUT Cat. No. Push-pull O 32 39,7 Head position visible from the side with yellow collar Compliant with the requirements of emergency stop: IEC 60947-5-5 / ISO 13850 L22DQ01 Red L22DQ01 O 32 ISO 13850 - STAY-PUT Key to reset 63,8 40,8 O 32 Supplied with 2 keys profile n 455 Head position visible from the side with yellow collar Compliant with the requirements of emergency stop: IEC 60947-5-5 / ISO 13850 Red L22GQ01 L22GQ01 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 28 Separate units o 22: Heads IP 66 - IP 69K To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52) Equipped with a locking ring Plastic black bezel Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > ISO 13850 EMERGENCY STOP - NON ILLUMINATED (continued) O 40 ISO 13850 - STAY-PUT Push-pull to reset O 40 Cat. No. 39,7 Head position visible from the side with yellow collar Compliant with the requirements of emergency stop: IEC 60947-5-5 / ISO 13850 L22DR01 Red L22DR01 O 40 ISO 13850 - STAY-PUT Push-turn to reset O 40 39,7 Head position visible from the side with yellow collar Compliant with the requirements of emergency stop: IEC 60947-5-5 / ISO 13850 Red Red with symbol IEC 60417-5638 / ISO 13850 L22ER01 L22ER01K L22ER01 O 40 ISO 13850 - STAY-PUT Key to reset 40,8 63,8 O 40 Supplied with 2 keys profile n 455 Head position visible from the side with yellow collar Compliant with the requirements of emergency stop: IEC 60947-5-5 / ISO 13850 L22GR01 Red L22GR01 O 54 ISO 13850 - STAY-PUT Push-pull to reset with flag indicator 38,5 O 54 Double position indicator: head and collar Compliant with the requirements of emergency stop: IEC 60947-5-5 / ISO 13850 Red - engraving O- I Red - engraving STOP - I L22DU01 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 29 L22DU01A L22DU01 Separate units o 22: Heads IP 66 - IP 69K To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52) Equipped with a locking ring Plastic chrome bezel - Black bezel on request (form p. 83) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > SELECTOR SWITCHES - NON ILLUMINATED WITH HANDLE Stay-put positions - 45 23 O 29,9 L21KA03 Cat. No. 2 positions 0 1 Red Green Black Grey Spring return - 45 Red Green Black Grey 0 Stay-put positions - 45 0 Red Green Black Grey Spring return - 45 L21KA01 L21KA02 L21KA03 L21KA08 1 L21KB01 L21KB02 L21KB03 L21KB08 1 L21KC01 L21KC02 L21KC03 L21KC08 0 Red Green Black Grey 1 Stay-put positions - 90 Red Green Black Grey 0 1 L21KD01 L21KD02 L21KD03 L21KD08 L21KE01 L21KE02 L21KE03 L21KE08 Stay-put positions - 90 0 Red Green Black Grey 1 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 30 L21KF01 L21KF02 L21KF03 L21KF08 Separate units o 22: Heads IP 66 - IP 69K To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52) With locking ring Plastic chrome bezel- Black bezel on request (form p. 83) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > SELECTOR SWITCHES - NON ILLUMINATED (continued) WITH HANDLE 3 positions Stay-put positions - 45 23 O 29,9 L21MA03 Cat. No. Red Green Black Grey 1 0 2 L21MA01 L21MA02 L21MA03 L21MA08 Spring return from left to 0 - 45 Red Green Black Grey 0 2 1 L21MB01 L21MB02 L21MB03 L21MB08 Spring return from right to 0 - 45 L21MA08 Red Green Black Grey 0 2 1 L21MC01 L21MC02 L21MC03 L21MC08 Spring return to 0 - 45 Red Green Black Grey 0 1 2 L21MD01 L21MD02 L21MD03 L21MD08 Stay-put positions - 90 Red Green Black Grey 0 1 2 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 31 L21MK01 L21MK02 L21MK03 L21MK08 Separate units o 22: Heads IP 66 - IP 69K To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52) With locking ring Plastic chrome bezel- Black bezel on request (form p. 83) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > SELECTOR SWITCHES - NON ILLUMINATED (continued) WITH LONG HANDLE O 29,9 Stay-put positions - 45 23 24 L21KP03 Cat. No. 2 positions Red Green Black Grey 0 1 L21KP01 L21KP02 L21KP03 L21KP08 0 L21KQ01 L21KQ02 L21KQ03 Spring return - 45 Red Green Black 1 Stay-put positions - 45 Red Green Black 0 L21KR01 L21KR02 L21KR03 1 Spring return - 45 Red Green Black 0 1 L21KS01 L21KS02 L21KS03 Stay-put positions - 90 Red Green Black 0 L21KT01 L21KT02 L21KT03 1 Stay-put positions - 90 Red Green Black 0 1 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 32 L21KU01 L21KU02 L21KU03 Separate units o 22: Heads IP 66 - IP 69K To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52) With locking ring Plastic chrome bezel- Black bezel on request (form p. 83) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > SELECTOR SWITCHES - NON ILLUMINATED (continued) WITH LONG HANDLE O 29,9 Stay-put positions - 45 23 24 L21MR03 Cat. No. 3 positions Red Green Black Grey 1 0 2 L21MR01 L21MR02 L21MR03 L21MR08 Spring return from left to 0 - 45 Red Green Black Grey 0 2 1 L21MS01 L21MS02 L21MS03 L21MS08 Spring return from right to 0 - 45 Red Green Black Grey 0 2 1 L21MT01 L21MT02 L21MT03 L21MT08 Spring return to 0 - 45 Red Green Black Grey 0 1 2 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 33 L21MU01 L21MU02 L21MU03 L21MU08 Separate units o 22: Heads IP 66 To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52) With locking ring Plastic chrome bezel- Black bezel on request (form p. 83) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > SELECTOR SWITCHES - NON ILLUMINATED (continued) WITH KNOB 2 positions - degree of protection: IP 66 O 29,9 Stay-put positions - 45 0 1 23 Black Spring return - 45 0 Black L21TF03 WITH KNOB L21TA03 L21TB03 1 Stay-put positions - 90 0 Black Cat. No. 1 L21TF03 3 positions - degree of protection: IP 66 23 O 29,9 Stay-put positions - 45 Black 1 0 2 L21UA03 Spring return from left to 0 - 45 L21UA03 Black 0 2 1 L21UB03 Spring return from right to 0 - 45 Black L21UC03 0 2 1 Spring return to 0 - 45 Black 0 1 2 L21UD03 Stay-put positions - 90 Black L21UK03 0 1 2 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 34 Separate units o 22: Heads IP 66 - IP 69K To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52) With locking ring Plastic chrome bezel- Black bezel on request (form p. 83) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > SELECTOR SWITCHES - NON ILLUMINATED (continued) WITH KEY Cat. No. 2 positions Supplied with 2 keys profile n 455 48,4 26,2 O 29,9 Stay-put positions - 45 0 1 Black Spring return - 45 0 L21LA00 1 0 L21LB00 1 0 L21LC00 1 0 L21LD00 0 L21LF00 0-1 L21LG00 0-1 L21LH00 1 L21LK00 0 Black L21LG00 Key free in position: Stay-put positions - 45 0 Black Spring return - 45 0 Black Stay-put positions - 90 Black 0 1 Stay-put positions - 90 0 Black Stay-put positions - 90 Black 1 0 1 Stay-put positions - 90 Black 0 1 Key profile n 1424 A and others (form p. 83) Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 35 Separate units o 22: Heads IP 66 - IP 69K To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52) With locking ring Plastic chrome bezel- Black bezel on request (form p. 83) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > SELECTOR SWITCHES - NON ILLUMINATED (continued) WITH KEY Cat. No. 3 positions Supplied with 2 keys profile n 455 Stay-put positions - 45 48,4 26,2 O 29,9 Black Key free in position: 0 2 1 0 L21NA00 0 L21NB00 0 L21NC00 0 L21ND00 1-2 L21NE00 1 L21NJ00 1-0-2 L21NK00 0 L21NL00 Spring return from left to 0 - 45 Black L21NA00 0 2 1 Spring return from right to 0 - 45 Black 0 2 1 Spring return to 0 - 45 Black 0 1 2 Stay-put positions - 45 Black 1 0 2 Spring return from right to 0 - 45 Black 1 0 2 Stay-put positions - 90 Black 0 2 1 Stay-put positions - 90 0 Black 1 2 Key profile n 1424 A and others (form p. 83) Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 36 Separate units o 22: Heads IP 65 With locking ring Plastic chrome bezel Black bezel on request (form p. 83) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > ADJUSTABLE MECHANICAL PUSH/RESET BUTTON - NON ILLUMINATED SPRING RETURN - FLUSH Cat. No. 20,8 O 29,4 To be used without electrical block Stroke 11 mm Adjustable: 26 mm min to 46 mm max / front side of panel Without engraving L21HA01 L21HA02 L21HA03 L21HA04 L21HA05 L21HA06 Red Green Black Yellow White Blue L21HA01 On demand engraving (p. 74) Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number Red Green Black Yellow White Blue L21HA31 L21HA32 L21HA33 L21HA34 L21HA35 L21HA36 SPRING RETURN - PROJECTING 27,2 O 29,4 L21HB01 To be used without electrical block Stroke 11 mm Adjustable: 26 mm min to 46 mm max / front side of panel Red Green Black Yellow White Blue L21HB01 L21HB02 L21HB03 L21HB04 L21HB05 L21HB06 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 37 Separate units o 22: Heads IP 66 - IP 69K Characteristics (p. 98) > USB INTERFACE 3.0 TYPE A/A CONNECTION 21 19.2 Degree of protection: IP 65 Cat. No. USB interface 3.0 type A/A connection USB class: 3.0 (backward compatible with USB class 2.0) L21VB03 Recommended fixing tool: Tightening flat wrench size 26 mm L21VB03 > AUDIBLE WARNING BUZZERS 37.2 11.6 29.7 Degree of protection: IP 66, IP 69K Cat. No. 24 V AC/DC Buzzer pulse or continuous sound 130 V AC/DC Buzzer pulse or continuous sound 230 V AC/DC Buzzer pulse or continuous sound L22VA03L L22VA03M L22VA03H Recommended fixing tool: Tightening flat wrench size 26 mm L22VA03L Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 38 Separate units o 22: Heads IP 65 - IP 66 With locking ring Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > BUTTON FOR POTENTIOMETER - NON ILLUMINATED Degree of protection: IP 65 22 O 29,4 Cat. No. Head + mounting base for potentiometer Plastic chrome bezel Shaft o 6 or 6.35 mm Potentiometer length 46 to 51 mm L21RP03 Degree of protection: IP 66 Cat. No. L21RP03 > JOYSTICKS - NON ILLUMINATED Heads supplied with a 3 position clip Specific electrical blocks (p. 67) Head does not lock in position 0 2 directions - 3 positions 2 maintained (stay-put) 2 spring-return LM2F 4 directions - 5 positions 4 maintained (stay-put) A-0-B A 0 B A C-0-D LM2F LM2A LM4F B 4 spring-return A C 0 D LM4A B Head locks in position 0 LMV4F 2 directions - 3 positions 73 latching non latching 36 70 35 66,5 2 maintained (stay-put) 2 spring-return A-0-B A 0 B LMV2F LMV2A 4 directions - 5 positions 4 maintained (stay-put) A C-0-D LMV4F B 4 spring-return A C 0 D B Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 39 LMV4A Separate units o 22: Heads IP 66 - IP 69K To be combined with a clip, LED block and contact blocks (p. 52) With locking ring Plastic chrome bezel- Black bezel on request (form p. 86) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > PUSH-BUTTONS - ILLUMINATED SPRING RETURN - FLUSH Cat. No. Without engraving 11 O 29,9 L21AH10 L21AH20 L21AH40 L21AH50 L21AH60 Red Green Yellow White Blue L21AH20 On demand engraving (p. 74) Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number Red Green Yellow White Blue Without button plate L21AH00 L21AH00 Button plates (p. 78) SPRING RETURN - FLUSH Reinforced degree of protection: IP 67 Supplied with transparent shroud 16,9 O 31,5 Red Green Yellow White Blue L22AP40 SPRING RETURN - SUPER FLUSH 2,8 32,4 29,6 L22AP10 L22AP20 L22AP40 L22AP50 L22AP60 Degree of protection: IP 66 O 38 L23AH10 L21AH31 L21AH32 L21AH34 L21AH35 L21AH36 Metallic chrome bezel Drilling o 30,5 mm Without engraving L23AH10 L23AH20 L23AH40 L23AH50 L23AH60 Red Green Yellow White Blue On demand engraving (p. 74) Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number Red Green Yellow White Blue L23AH31 L23AH32 L23AH34 L23AH35 L23AH36 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 40 Separate units o 22: Heads IP 66 - IP 69K To be combined with a clip, LED block and contact blocks (p. 52) With locking ring Plastic chrome bezel Black bezel on request (form p. 83) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > PUSH-BUTTONS - ILLUMINATED (continued) SPRING RETURN - PROJECTING Cat. No. 16,25 O 29,9 L21AK10 L21AK20 L21AK40 L21AK50 L21AK60 Red Green Yellow White Blue L21AK20 SPRING RETURN - MUSHROOM HEAD O 32 Push L21AL10 L21AL20 L21AL40 L21AL50 Red Green Yellow White 22 O 32 L21AL10 SPRING RETURN - FLUSH-FLUSH Double touch - degree of protection: IP 66 12,25 11,05 Central part illuminated 53,9 29,9 L61QH21 Green Red L61QH21 Green Green L61QH22V Green engraving START Red engraving STOP L61QH21A Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 41 Separate units o 22: Heads IP 66 To be combined with a clip, LED block and contact blocks (p. 52) With locking ring Plastic chrome bezel - Black bezel on request (form p. 83) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > PUSH-BUTTONS - ILLUMINATED (continued) SPRING RETURN - FLUSH-PROJECTING Double touch - degree of protection: IP 66 Cat. No. 11 17 Central part illuminated 53,9 29,9 L61QK21 SPRING RETURN - FLUSH-PROJECTING 19 Green Red L61QK21 White Black L61QK53 Green engraving START Red engraving STOP L61QK21A Double touch - reinforced degree of protection: IP 67 11 Supplied with transparent shroud Central part illuminated Green Red 55,4 31,4 L62QN21 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 42 L62QN21 Separate units o 22: Heads IP 66 - IP 69K To be combined with a clip, LED block and contact blocks (p. 52) With locking ring Plastic chrome bezel - Black bezel on request (form p. 83) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > PUSH-BUTTONS - ILLUMINATED (continued) STAY-PUT - FLUSH Cat. No. L21CH10 L21CH20 L21CH40 L21CH50 L21CH60 Red Green Yellow White Blue 11 O 29,9 L21CH20 STAY-PUT - SUPER FLUSH 2,8 Degree of protection: IP 66 29,6 32,4 O 38 L23CH10 Metallic chrome bezel Drilling o 30,5 mm Red Green Yellow White Blue L23CH10 L23CH20 L23CH40 L23CH50 L23CH60 Red Green Yellow White Blue L21CK10 L21CK20 L21CK40 L21CK50 L21CK60 STAY-PUT - PROJECTING 16,25 O 29,9 L21CK20 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 43 Separate units o 22: Heads IP 66 - IP 69K To be combined with a clip, LED block and contact blocks (p. 52) With locking ring Black bezel Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p.98) > MUSHROOM HEADS - ILLUMINATED O 32 - STAY-PUT Push-turn to reset L22EL10 Red 25,7 O 32 Cat. No. L22EL10 O 32 - STAY-PUT Push-pull to reset Red L22DL10 34,2 O 32 L22DL10 O 40 - STAY-PUT Push-turn to reset 25,7 O 39,2 L22EM10 L22EM20 L22EM40 Red Green Yellow L22EM10 O 40 - STAY-PUT Push-pull to reset 34,2 O 40 L22DM10 L22DM20 L22DM40 L22DM50 Red Green Yellow White L22DM10 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 44 Separate units o 22: Heads IP 66 - IP 69K To be combined with a clip, LED block and contact blocks (p. 52) With locking ring Plastic chrome bezel - Black bezel on request (form p. 83) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > ISO 13850 EMERGENCY STOP - ILLUMINATED O 40 ISO 13850 - STAY-PUT Push-pull to reset O 40 Cat. No. 39,7 Black bezel Head position visible from the side with yellow collar Compliant with the requirements of emergency stop: IEC 60947-5-5 / ISO 13850 L22DN10 Red L22DN10 > SELECTOR SWITCHES - ILLUMINATED WITH HANDLE Cat. No. 2 positions Stay-put positions - 45 23 O 29,9 Red Green Black L21KG10 L21KG20 L21KG30 0 1 Spring return- 45 L21KJ30 Red Green Black 0 L21KH10 L21KH20 L21KH30 1 Stay-put positions - 45 Red Green Black 0 L21KJ10 L21KJ20 L21KJ30 1 Spring return- 45 Red Green Black 0 1 L21KK10 L21KK20 L21KK30 Stay-put positions - 90 Red Green Black 0 L21KL10 L21KL20 L21KL30 1 Stay-put positions - 90 Red Green Black 0 1 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 45 L21KM10 L21KM20 L21KM30 Separate units o 22: Heads IP 66 - IP 69K To be combined with a clip, LED block and contact blocks (p. 52) With locking ring Plastic chrome bezel - Black bezel on request (form p. 83) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > SELECTOR SWITCHES - ILLUMINATED WITH HANDLE 3 positions Cat. No. Stay-put positions - 45 23 O 29,9 Red Green Black 1 0 2 L21ME10 L21ME20 L21ME30 Spring return from left to 0 - 45 L21ME10 Red Green Black 0 2 1 L21MF10 L21MF20 L21MF30 Spring return from right to 0 - 45 Red Green Black 2 L21MG10 L21MG20 L21MG30 2 L21MH10 L21MH20 L21MH30 0 1 Spring return to 0 - 45 Red Green Black 0 1 Stay-put positions - 90 Red Green Black 0 1 2 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 46 L21MJ10 L21MJ20 L21MJ30 Separate units o 22: Heads IP 66 - IP 69K To be combined with a clip, LED block and contact blocks (p. 52) With locking ring Plastic chrome bezel - Black bezel on request (form p. 83) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > SELECTOR SWITCHES - ILLUMINATED (continued) WITH LONG HANDLE Cat. No 2 positions Stay-put positions - 45 O 29,9 24 0 1 L21KV30 23 Black Stay-put positions - 45 Black L21KV30 Spring return - 45 Black 0 1 0 1 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 47 L21KX30 L21KY30 Separate units o 22: Heads IP 66 - IP 69K To be combined with a clip, LED block and contact blocks (p. 52) With locking ring Plastic chrome bezel - Black bezel on request (form p. 83) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > SELECTOR SWITCHES - ILLUMINATED (continued) WITH LONG HANDLE 3 positions Stay-put positions - 45 O 29,9 24 Black 0 2 L21ML30 23 1 Spring return from left to 0 - 45 0 Black L21ML30 2 1 L21MM30 Spring return from right to 0 - 45 Black 0 2 1 L21MN30 Spring return to 0 - 45 0 Black 1 2 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 48 L21MP30 Pilot lights o 22 IP 66 - IP 69K To be combined with a clip, LED block (p. 55) With locking ring Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > PILOT LIGHTS - SEPARATE UNITS FLUSH Cat. No To be combined with a clip and LED block (p. 55) 11,25 O 29,9 Without engraving Red Green Yellow White Blue L20SE20 L20SE10 L20SE20 L20SE40 L20SE50 L20SE60 On demand engraving (p. 74) Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number Red Green Yellow White Blue SUPER FLUSH L23SE10 32,4 29,6 O 38 2,8 Degree of protection: IP 66 L20SE31 L20SE32 L20SE34 L20SE35 L20SE36 Cat. No Metallic chrome bezel Drilling O 30,5 mm To be combined with a clip and LED block (p. 55) Without engraving Ribbed lens L23SE10 L23SE20 L23SE40 L23SE50 L23SE60 Red Green Yellow White Blue On demand engraving (p. 74) Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number Red Green Yellow White Blue L23SE31 L23SE32 L23SE34 L23SE35 L23SE36 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 49 Pilot lights o 22 IP 66 - IP 69K Direct supply Characteristics (p. 98) > ONE-PIECE PILOT LIGHTS Cat. No. 37.2 11.3 O 29.9 O 22 O 29.5 L20SC20L 24V Without engraving L20SC10L L20SC20L L20SC40L L20SC50L L20SC60L Red Green Yellow White Blue On demand engraving (p. 74) Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number Red Green Yellow White Blue L20SC31L L20SC32L L20SC34L L20SC35L L20SC36L 130V Without engraving L20SC10M L20SC20M L20SC40M L20SC50M L20SC60M Red Green Yellow White Blue On demand engraving (p. 74) Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number Red Green Yellow White Blue L20SC31M L20SC32M L20SC34M L20SC35M L20SC36M 230V Without engraving L20SC10H L20SC20H L20SC40H L20SC50H L20SC60H Red Green Yellow White Blue On demand engraving (p. 74) Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number Red Green Yellow White Blue L20SC31H L20SC32H L20SC34H L20SC35H L20SC36H Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 50 Block holder clips for assembly as you require 1, 3 or 5-position clips y CLIP y BLOCK y 3 BLOCKS y MATERIAL "A flexible configuration for assembly in any order..." "Imaginatively designed to be safe, robust and durable" - IP20 as "finger safe" - Electrical insulation - Corrosion-resistant y 5 BLOCKS y ENVIRONMENT - Respect for the environment, RoHS compliant y MODULAR Stacking without accessories - Snap fit, tools not required to attach contact blocks - Cost effective solution: 1 position clip - Blocks can be stacked on 2 levels, up to 3 blocks wide - Blocks can be assembled in any order (except pilot light) - Optimised dimensions: reduced depth of blocks - LED blocks: combine long life and economy - Corrosion resistant to some chemicals and sea air, etc - Conform to standard IEC 60947-5-1 - Conform to RoHS European directive concerning restriction of hazardous substances 51 Separate units: Blocks sub-assemblies IP 20 Clip and electrical blocks assembled To be combined with a head (p. 23) Mounting (p. 96) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > CONTACT BLOCKS - FOR NON ILLUMINATED HEADS SCREW TERMINALS 1 position clip 43 NO NC 20,1 Cat. No. 13 14 21 22 13 14 331E10 331E01 29 19,6 331E10 SCREW TERMINALS 3 position clip 26 43 NO 333E10 NC 20,1 19,6 21 22 333E01 30 2 NO 333E21 333E20 13 14 23 24 11 12 21 22 333E02 NO + NC 13 14 21 22 333E11 3 NO 13 14 33 34 23 24 11 12 31 32 21 22 333E03 2 NO + NC 13 14 33 34 21 22 333E21 NO + 2 NC 13 14 31 32 21 22 333E12 2 NC 64,45 20,1 42 30 3 NC NO/NC 64,45 20,1 42 30 NO/NC 2 NO/NC 12 11 14 13 12 11 22 21 14 13 24 23 334E11 2 NO/NC Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 52 333E30 334E22 Separate units: Blocks sub-assemblies IP 20 Clip and electrical blocks assembled To be combined with a head (p. 23) Mounting (p. 96) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > CONTACT BLOCKS - FOR NON ILLUMINATED HEADS (continued) PLUG-IN TERMINALS Cat. No. 1 position clip 43 NO NC 21 21 13 14 21 22 13 14 331ER10 331ER01 29 331ER01 PLUG-IN TERMINALS 3 position clip 26 NO 43 NC 21 333ER11 333ER10 21 21 22 333ER01 30 2 NO 2 NC NO+NC 3 NO 3 NC 14 23 24 11 12 21 22 333ER02 13 14 21 22 333ER11 13 14 33 34 23 24 11 12 31 32 21 22 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 53 333ER20 13 333ER30 333ER03 Separate units: Blocks sub-assemblies IP 20 Clip and electrical blocks assembled To be combined with a head (p. 23) Mounting (p. 96) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > CONTACT BLOCKS - FOR NON ILLUMINATED HEADS (continued) FASTON TERMINALS Cat. No. 1 position clip NO 43 NC 62,5 13 14 21 22 13 14 331ED10 331ED01 29 331ED10 FASTON TERMINALS 3 position clip NO + NC 21 30,3 26 62,5 30 333ED11 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 54 22 333ED11 Separate units: Blocks sub-assemblies IP 20 Clip and electrical blocks assembled To be combined with a head (p. 23) Mounting (p. 96) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > ELECTRICAL BLOCKS - FOR ILLUMINATED HEADS SCREW TERMINALS 1 position clip: LED block X1 LED Cat. No. X2 43 24 V 20,1 19,6 29 331EAGL White Red Green Blue Yellow 331EAWL 331EARL 331EAGL 331EABL 331EAYL 130 V White Red Green Blue Yellow 331EAWM 331EARM 331EAGM 331EABM 331EAYM 230 V White Red Green Blue Yellow SCREW TERMINALS 331EAWH 331EARH 331EAGH 331EABH 331EAYH 3 position clip: NO + LED block 26 13 X1 LED X2 43 24 V 20,1 333EAWM10 14 19,6 30 333EAWL10 333EARL10 333EAGL10 333EABL10 333EAYL10 White Red Green Blue Yellow 130 V White Red Green Blue Yellow 333EAWM10 333EARM10 333EAGM10 333EABM10 333EAYM10 230 V 333EAWH10 333EARH10 333EAGH10 333EABH10 333EAYH10 White Red Green Blue Yellow Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 55 Separate units: Blocks sub-assemblies IP 20 Clip and electrical blocks assembled To be combined with a head (p. 23) Mounting (p. 96) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > ELECTRICAL BLOCKS - FOR ILLUMINATED HEADS (continued) SCREW TERMINALS Cat. No. 3 position clip: LED block + NC 26 X1 LED X2 21 22 43 24 V 20,1 19,6 30 333EAWL01 White Red Green Blue Yellow 333EAWL01 333EARL01 333EAGL01 333EABL01 333EAYL01 130 V White Red Green Blue Yellow 333EAWM01 333EARM01 333EAGM01 333EABM01 333EAYM01 230 V White Red Green Blue Yellow SCREW TERMINALS 333EAWH01 333EARH01 333EAGH01 333EABH01 333EAYH01 3 position clip: NO + LED block + NO 26 LED 13 X1 X2 23 24 43 24 V 20,1 333EARL20 14 19,6 30 333EAWL20 333EARL20 333EAGL20 333EABL20 333EAYL20 White Red Green Blue Yellow 130 V White Red Green Blue Yellow 333EAWM20 333EARM20 333EAGM20 333EABM20 333EAYM20 230 V 333EAWH20 333EARH20 333EAGH20 333EABH20 333EAYH20 White Red Green Blue Yellow Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 56 Separate units: Blocks sub-assemblies IP 20 Clip and electrical blocks assembled To be combined with a head (p. 23) Mounting (p. 96) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > ELECTRICAL BLOCKS - FOR ILLUMINATED HEADS (continued) SCREW TERMINALS Cat. No. 3 position clip: NO + LED block + NC LED 26 13 14 X1 X2 21 22 43 24 V 20,1 333EARL11 19,6 30 333EAWL11 333EARL11 333EAGL11 333EABL11 333EAYL11 White Red Green Blue Yellow 130 V White Red Green Blue Yellow 333EAWM11 333EARM11 333EAGM11 333EABM11 333EAYM11 230 V 333EAWH11 333EARH11 333EAGH11 333EABH11 333EAYH11 White Red Green Blue Yellow SCREW TERMINALS 3 position clip: NO/NC + LED block + NO/NC LED 12 11 X1 14 24 V 22 21 24 23 334EAWL22 334EARL22 334EAGL22 334EABL22 334EAYL22 White Red Green Blue Yellow 334EARL22 20,1 130 V 64,45 42 13 X2 30 334EAWM22 334EARM22 334EAGM22 334EABM22 334EAYM22 White Red Green Blue Yellow 230 V 334EAWH22 334EARH22 334EAGH22 334EABH22 334EAYH22 White Red Green Blue Yellow Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 57 Separate units: Blocks sub-assemblies IP 20 Clip and electrical blocks assembled To be combined with a head (p. 23) Mounting (p. 96) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > ELECTRICAL BLOCKS - FOR ILLUMINATED HEADS (continued) PLUG-IN TERMINALS X1 LED X2 43 24 V 21 331ERAGH Cat. No. 1 position clip: LED block 21 29 331ERAWL 331ERARL 331ERAGL 331ERABL 331ERAYL White Red Green Blue Yellow 130 V 331ERAWM 331ERARM 331ERAGM 331ERABM 331ERAYM White Red Green Blue Yellow 230 V 331ERAWH 331ERARH 331ERAGH 331ERABH 331ERAYH White Red Green Blue Yellow PLUG-IN TERMINALS 3 position clip: NO + LED block 13 14 X1 LED X2 24 V 333ERAGL10 White Red Green Blue Yellow 333ERAWL10 333ERARL10 333ERAGL10 333ERABL10 333ERAYL10 130 V White Red Green Blue Yellow 333ERAWM10 333ERARM10 333ERAGM10 333ERABM10 333ERAYM10 230 V White Red Green Blue Yellow 333ERAWH10 333ERARH10 333ERAGH10 333ERABH10 333ERAYH10 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 58 Separate units: Blocks sub-assemblies IP 20 Clip and electrical blocks assembled To be combined with a head (p. 23) Mounting (p. 96) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > ELECTRICAL BLOCKS - FOR ILLUMINATED HEADS (continued) PLUG-IN TERMINALS 3 position clip: LED block + NC Cat. No. LED X1 X2 21 22 24 V White Red Green Blue Yellow 333ERAGH01 333ERAWL01 333ERARL01 333ERAGL01 333ERABL01 333ERAYL01 130 V White Red Green Blue Yellow 333ERAWM01 333ERARM01 333ERAGM01 333ERABM01 333ERAYM01 230 V White Red Green Blue Yellow PLUG-IN TERMINALS 333ERAWH01 333ERARH01 333ERAGH01 333ERABH01 333ERAYH01 3 position clip: NO + LED block + NC LED 26 13 14 X1 X2 21 43 21 333ERAGH11 22 24 V 21 30 White Red Green Blue Yellow 333ERAWL11 333ERARL11 333ERAGL11 333ERABL11 333ERAYL11 130 V White Red Green Blue Yellow 333ERAWM11 333ERARM11 333ERAGM11 333ERABM11 333ERAYM11 230 V White Red Green Blue Yellow 333ERAWH11 333ERARH11 333ERAGH11 333ERABH11 333ERAYH11 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 59 Separate units: Blocks sub-assemblies IP 20 Clip and electrical blocks assembled To be combined with a head (p. 23) Mounting (p. 96) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > ELECTRICAL BLOCKS - FOR ILLUMINATED HEADS (continued) FASTON TERMINALS Cat. No. 1 position clip: LED block LED X1 24 V 43 62,5 X2 29 331EDARL White Red Green Blue Yellow 331EDAWL 331EDARL 331EDAGL 331EDABL 331EDAYL 130 V White Red Green Blue Yellow 331EDAWM 331EDARM 331EDAGM 331EDABM 331EDAYM 230 V White Red Green Blue Yellow FASTON TERMINALS 331EDAWH 331EDARH 331EDAGH 331EDABH 331EDAYH 3 position clip: NO + LED block LED 26 13 14 X1 X2 30,3 24 V 62,5 333EDARL10 30 White Red Green Blue Yellow 333EDAWL10 333EDARL10 333EDAGL10 333EDABL10 333EDAYL10 130 V White Red Green Blue Yellow 333EDAWM10 333EDARM10 333EDAGM10 333EDABM10 333EDAYM10 230 V White Red Green Blue Yellow Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 60 333EDAWH10 333EDARH10 333EDAGH10 333EDABH10 333EDAYH10 Separate units: Blocks sub-assemblies IP 20 Clip and electrical blocks assembled To be combined with a head (p. 23) Mounting (p. 96) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 98) > ELECTRICAL BLOCKS - FOR ILLUMINATED HEADS (continued) FASTON TERMINALS Cat. No. 3 position clip: LED block + NC 26 X1 LED X2 21 22 30,3 24 V 62,5 30 333EDARM01 White Red Green Blue Yellow 333EDAWL01 333EDARL01 333EDAGL01 333EDABL01 333EDAYL01 130 V White Red Green Blue Yellow 333EDAWM01 333EDARM01 333EDAGM01 333EDABM01 333EDAYM01 230 V White Red Green Blue Yellow FASTON TERMINALS 333EDAWH01 333EDARH01 333EDAGH01 333EDABH01 333EDAYH01 3 position clip: NO + LED block + NC 26 13 14 X1 LED X2 21 30,3 24 V 62,5 333EDARL11 22 30 White Red Green Blue Yellow 333EDAWL11 333EDARL11 333EDAGL11 333EDABL11 333EDAYL11 130 V White Red Green Blue Yellow 333EDAWM11 333EDARM11 333EDAGM11 333EDABM11 333EDAYM11 230 V White Red Green Blue Yellow 333EDAWH11 333EDARH11 333EDAGH11 333EDABH11 333EDAYH11 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 61 Separate units: Blocks IP 20 To be combined with a 1, 3 or 5 position clip (p. 69) Characteristics (p. 98) > CONTACT BLOCKS SCREW TERMINALS Cat. No. NO 19,7 19,7 20,1 3,8 21,5 3 NC 5,7 33E10 4 1 33E01 2 2 1 4 3 9,9 NO/NC 33E10 21 21 20,3 3,8 5,7 9,9 43 33E11 Golden contacts for low current NO 3 NC 1 4 33E10Y7 2 33E01Y7 Contact with delayed opening 33E11 NC 5 6 33E01C 4 33D10 60,5 20,3 FASTON TERMINALS NO 3 NC 2 33D01 5,7 9,9 21,5 1 33D01 PLUG-IN TERMINALS 21 3,8 NO 4 33R10 2 33R01 21 3 5,7 NC 1 9,9 21,5 33R01 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 62 Separate units: Blocks IP 20 To be combined with a 1, 3 or 5 position clip (p. 69) Characteristics (p. 98) > CONTACT BLOCKS (continued) FOR PCB (PIN-STYLE TERMINALS) Cat. No. 32,2 39,75 NO 27,2 3 NC 1 4 33P10 2 33P01 4 33P10Y7 2 33P01Y7 9,9 Golden contacts for low current 33P10 NO 3 NC 1 FOR CONTROL STATIONS (SCREW TERMINALS) 9,9 33S01 39,3 42,2 28,2 For un-equipped control stations (p. 90) Base mounted NO 3 NC 1 4 2 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 63 33S10 33S01 Separate units: Blocks IP 20 To be combined with a 1, 3 or 5 position clip (p. 69) Characteristics (p. 98) > LED BLOCKS SCREW TERMINALS Cat. No. 3,8 20,1 19,7 19,7 9,9 X2 24 V AC + DC 21,5 33EARL LED X1 18,2 33EAWL 33EARL 33EAGL 33EABL 33EAYL White Red Green Blue Yellow 48 V AC + DC 33EAWL4 33EARL4 33EAGL4 33EABL4 33EAYL4 White Red Green Blue Yellow 130 V AC 33EAWM 33EARM 33EAGM 33EABM 33EAYM White Red Green Blue Yellow 230 V AC 33EAWH 33EARH 33EAGH 33EABH 33EAYH White Red Green Blue Yellow 110 V DC 33EAWDM White Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 64 Separate units: Blocks IP 20 To be combined with a 1, 3 or 5 position clip (p. 69) Characteristics (p. 98) > LED BLOCKS (continued) PLUG-IN TERMINALS Cat. No. 3,8 21 LED X1 X2 21 24 V AC + DC 33RAWL 33RARL 33RAGL 33RABL 33RAYL White Red Green Blue Yellow 18,2 9,9 21,5 33RAGH 130 V AC 33RAWM 33RARM 33RAGM 33RABM 33RAYM White Red Green Blue Yellow 230 V AC 33RAWH 33RARH 33RAGH 33RABH 33RAYH White Red Green Blue Yellow FASTON TERMINALS 20,3 30,3 LED 30,3 9,9 X2 24 V AC + DC 21,5 33DARL X1 18,5 White Red Green Blue Yellow 33DAWL 33DARL 33DAGL 33DABL 33DAYL 130 V AC White Red Green Blue Yellow 33DAWM 33DARM 33DAGM 33DABM 33DAYM 230 V AC White Red Green Blue Yellow 33DAWH 33DARH 33DAGH 33DABH 33DAYH Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 65 Separate units: Blocks IP 20 To be combined with a 1, 3 or 5 position clip (p. 69) Characteristics (p. 98) > LED BLOCKS (continued) FOR PCB (PIN STYLE) 20,3 23,5 39,75 Cat. No. 18,5 LED X2 24 V AC + DC 33PAWL 33PARL 33PAGL 33PABL 33PAYL White Red Green Blue Yellow 9,9 5 21,5 X1 O1 33PAWL FOR CONTROL STATIONS (SCREW TERMINALS) 9,9 33SAGH 39,3 42,2 41,6 41,1 22,5 For un-equipped control stations (p. 90) Base mounted LED X1 X2 24 V AC + DC 33SAWL 33SARL 33SAGL 33SABL 33SAYL White Red Green Blue Yellow 130 V AC 33SAWM 33SARM 33SAGM 33SABM 33SAYM White Red Green Blue Yellow 230 V AC 33SAWH 33SARH 33SAGH 33SABH 33SAYH White Red Green Blue Yellow Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 66 Separate units: Blocks IP 20 To be combined with a 1, 3 or 5 position clip (p. 69) Characteristics (p. 98) > SPECIFIC BLOCKS FOR JOYSTICKS (SCREW TERMINALS) 39,4 Cat. No. 7,3 9,9 41,2 Joysticks (p. 39) NO -NC 1 2 3 4 LM11 LM11 LAMP-TEST BLOCKS (SCREW TERMINALS) For 24 and 48 V 19,7 19,7 20,1 3,8 9,9 21,5 1 diod Y 2 diods X1 33ET X1 33ETT Y X 33ET For 130 and 230 V (form p. 83) TRANSFORMER BLOCKS (SCREW TERMINALS) 230/24 V 400/24V L1 L2 X1 X2 41,45 33EHC 29,8 40 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 67 33EHC 33ELC Separate units: Blocks IP 20 To be combined with a 1, 3 or 5 position clip (p. 69) Characteristics (p. 98) > SPECIFIC BLOCKS FILTER BLOCKS (SCREW TERMINALS) Cat. No. Prevents from voltage peaks for LED block To be wired in parallel of with the LED block 19,7 19,7 20,1 3,8 21,5 9,9 130 V 230 V X1 X2 33EFM 33EFH 33EFH FILTER BLOCKS (PLUG-IN TERMINALS) 3,8 21 21 Prevents from voltage peaks for LED block To be wired in parallel of the LED block 21,5 9,9 130 V 230 V X1 X2 2 interconnected terminals X1 X2 33RFM 33RFH 33RFH JUNCTION BLOCK (SCREW TERMINALS) 19,7 19,7 20,1 3,8 33EY 9,9 21,5 33EY EMPTY BLOCK For empty positions on 3 or 5 position clip 19,7 19,7 20,1 3,8 9,9 21,5 33EX Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 68 33EX Accessories Characteristics (p. 98) > CLIPS CLIPS Cat. No. 35 To be combined with blocks (p. 62 to 68) 24,52 1 position 331E 3 positions 333E 5 positions (only for o 22 heads) 335E 23,6 43,7 37 331E 30 8,8 43,7 37 333E 50 11,6 335E > ROUND LEGEND PLATE FOR MUSHROOM HEAD LWE16352 Cat. No. According to ISO 13850, Text + Symbol o 60 ARRET D'URGENCE + NOT-HALT + EMERGENCY STOP + o 80 ARRET D'URGENCE + NOT-HALT + EMERGENCY STOP + o 60 Without symbol, text only ARRET D'URGENCE NOT AUS EMERGENCY STOP o 80 Without symbol, text only ARRET D'URGENCE NOT AUS EMERGENCY STOP Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 69 LWE16100 LWE16232 LWE16300 LWE00100 LWE00232 LWE00300 LWE16152 LWE16200 LWE16352 LWE00152 LWE00200 LWE00352 Accessories o 22 Characteristics (p. 98) > COMPLETE FRAMES Standard model - 30 x 45 mm ,7 27 45 11,4 O 30 30 24,6 Cat. No. Round shape Black frame and legend plate unassembled 2 lines maximum, 13 characters per line Without engraving R 15 4 LWP31 LWP35 LWP31 LWP39 LWP33 White Red Alu Black On demand engraving (p. 74) Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number White Red Alu Black LWP35 LWP31 LWP39 LWP33 Protective mask for legend plate (paper or other ...) Transparent LWP37 Large model - 40 x 45 mm O R 15 LWG33 ,7 27 30 45 11,4 40 34,6 Round shape Black frame and legend plate unassembled 2 lines maximum, 18 characters per line Without engraving 4 LWG35 LWG31 LWG39 LWG33 White Red Alu Black On demand engraving (p. 74) Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number White Red Alu Black LWG35 LWG31 LWG39 LWG33 Protective mask for legend plate (paper or other ...) Transparent Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 70 LWG37 Accessories o 22 Characteristics (p. 98) > LEGEND PLATES TO BE ENGRAVED Cat. No. 11,4 2 lines maximum 13 characters per line For round and square frames cat. nos. LWP3, LWP4 et LWP2 (p. 73) 24,6 1,4 LIA5 Standard model LIA1 Without engraving White Red Alu Black LIA5 LIA1 LIA9 LIA3 On demand engraving (p. 74) Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number White - black engraving Red - white engraving Alu - black engraving Black - white engraving LIA5 LIA1 LIA9 LIA3 Protective mask for legend plate (paper or other ...) Transparent TO BE ENGRAVED Large model LIB3 11,4 2 lines maximum 18 characters per line For round frame cat. no. LWG3 (p. 73) 34,6 1,4 LIB9 LIA7 Without engraving LIB5 LIB1 LIB9 LIB3 White Red Alu Black On demand engraving (p. 74) Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number White - black engraving Red - white engraving Alu - black engraving Black - white engraving LIB5 LIB1 LIB9 LIB3 Protective mask for legend plate (paper or other ...) Transparent Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 71 LIB7 Accessories o 22 Characteristics (p. 98) > LEGEND PLATES ENGRAVED Small model Cat. No. 11,4 Alu legend plate, black engraving For round and square frames cat. nos. LWP3, LWP4 et LWP2 (p. 73) 1,4 24,6 LIA9081 ENGRAVED With standard engraving O-I I-II I-O-II MANU-O-AUTO HAND-O-AUTO START ON OFF RESET RUN HAND-AUTO LIA9081 LIA9082 LIA9091 LIA9191 LIA9291 LIA9301 LIA9303 LIA9304 LIA9315 LIA9327 LIA9383 On demand engraving (p. 74) Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number LIA9 Large model 11,4 Alu legend plate, black engraving For round frame cat. no. LWG3 (p. 73) 1,4 34,6 OFF-ON O-I-START LIB9382 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 72 LIB9382 LIB9093 Accessories o 22 Characteristics (p. 98) > FRAMES ROUND Standard model 30 24,6 45 30 11,4 For legend plates cat. nos. LIA5, LIA1, LIA 9, LIA 3 (p. 71) ,7 27 O Cat. No. R 15 LWP3 Black 4 LWP3 ROUND Large model 40 34,6 30 ,7 27 O 45 11,4 For legend plates cat. nos. LIB5, LIB1, LIB 9, LIB 3 (p. 71) R 15 LWG3 Black 4 LWG3 SQUARE Standard model 30 24,6 ,7 27 LWP4 Black 46 11,4 O 30 For legend plates cat. nos. LIA5, LIA1, LIA 9, LIA 3 (p. 71) 4 LWP4 FOR DOUBLE AND TRIPLE TOUCH Standard model 30 24,6 11,4 For legend plates cat. nos. LIA5, LIA1, LIA 9, LIA 3 (p. 71) R 15 ,7 27 69 42 O LWP2 Black 4 LWP2 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 73 Engravings Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number > STANDARD TEXTS UNIVERSAL TEXT Cat. No. For selector switches and legend plates 0-I I-II I-0-II I-II-III 0-I-START 0-I-II 081 082 091 092 093 094 ENGLISH TEXT For buttons, pilot lights and legend plates CLOSE DOWN FAST FORWARD INCH JOG LEFT LOWER OFF ON OPEN POWER-ON RAISE RESET REVERSE RIGHT RUN SLOW START STOP UP 314 336 310 305 329 328 311 308 304 303 313 330 307 315 306 312 327 309 301 302 335 For selector switches and legend plates FORW.-OFF-REV. HAND-AUTO HAND-OFF-AUTO LOCAL-OFF-REMOTE OFF-ON STOP-START 74 392 383 391 393 382 381 Engravings Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number > STANDARD TEXTS (continued) GERMAN TEXT Cat. No. For buttons, pilot lights and legend plates AB AUF AUS BETRIEB BREMSEN EIN EINRICHTEN FEINHEBEN FEINSENKEN HALT HEBEN LANGSAM LINKS RECHTS RUCKWARTS SENKEN SCHNELL VORWARTS VORRUCKEN ZU 208 207 204 224 225 203 223 221 222 202 219 209 211 212 206 220 210 205 226 214 For selector switches and legend plates AUS-EIN HAND-AUTO HAND-0-AUTO ZURUCK-0-VOR 281 283 291 292 FRENCH TEXT For buttons, pilot lights and legend plates ALARME ARRET ARRET GENERAL ARRIERE AVANT DECLENCHEMENT DEFAUT DESCENTE DROITE EN SERVICE FERMETURE GAUCHE HORS SERVICE KLAXON LENT MARCHE MONTEE OUVERTURE REARMEMENT SOUS TENSION VITE 133 102 116 106 105 131 132 108 112 103 114 111 104 118 109 101 107 113 115 117 110 For selector switches and legend plates ARRET-MARCHE AVANT -0- ARRIERE C.P.C.-NORMAL HORS-EN MANU-AUTO MANU -0- AUTO 75 181 192 184 182 183 191 Symbols Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number > STANDARD SYMBOLS ISO/DIN Description Symbol Cat. No. Continuous straight-line movement ISO 1 A01 Alternating straight-line movement ISO 5 A05 Continuous rotating movement clockwise ISO 7A - DIN 100 A07 Continuous rotating mov. anti-clockwise ISO 7B B07 Forward ISO 16 A16 Increase in value ISO 28 A28 Decrease in value ISO 29 A29 Adjustable ISO 62 A62 Clamp, block apply pressure ISO 63A A63 Clamp, block apply pressure ISO 63B B63 Unclamp, release ISO 64A A64 Unclamp, release ISO 64B B64 Brake ISO 65 A65 Release brake ISO 66 A66 Automatic cycle (or semi-automatic) ISO 67 A67 Manual control ISO 68 A68 "ON" close circuit ISO 69 A69 "STOP" close circuit ISO 70 A70 ON/OFF close + open circuit ISO 71 A71 Close circuit manual impulse ISO 72 A72 Clutch ISO 74 - DIN 46 A74 76 Symbols Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number > STANDARD SYMBOLS ISO/DIN (continued) Description > ADDITIONAL STANDARD SYMBOLS Symbol Cat. No. De-clutch ISO 75 - DIN 45 A75 Warning "live" (energized) ISO 92 - DIN 131 A92 Main switch ISO 94 A94 Lubrification jet ISO 101 C01 Machine lighting ISO 102 - DIN 139 C02 Greasing ISO 107 - DIN 175 C07 Blow ISO 108 - DIN 263 C08 Suction ISO 109 - DIN 264 C09 Sound alarm DIN 155 D01 Emergency stop IEC 60417-5638 / ISO 13850 6964 Cat. No. Symbol B01 E01 F01 B62 E62 F62 003 004 005 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 77 Accessories o 22 Characteristics (p. 98) > BUTTON PLATES - FOR HEADS WITHOUT BUTTON PLATE NON ILLUMINATED Cat. No. For use with spring return button cat. no. L21AA00 (p. 23) Without engraving LT05 LT01 LT02 LT03 LT04 LT05 LT06 Red Green Black Yellow White Blue On demand engraving (p. 74) Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number LT21302 Red Green Black Yellow White Blue LT21 LT22 LT23 LT24 LT25 LT26 ILLUMINATED For use with spring return button cat. no. L21AH00 (p. 40) Without engraving LT20 LT10 LT20 LT40 LT50 LT60 Red Green Yellow White Blue On demand engraving (p. 74) Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number Red Green Yellow White Blue LT31 LT32 LT34 LT35 LT36 LT34308 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 78 Accessories o 22 Characteristics (p. 98) > SHROUDS - REINFORCED DEGREE OF PROTECTION: IP 67 FOR PUSH-BUTTONS PROJECTING Cat. No. For spring return or stay-put buttons Transparent LWA0228 For non illuminated spring return buttons LWA0203 Red opaque Green opaque Black opaque LWA0203 LWA0204 LWA0205 FOR PUSH-BUTTONS FLUSH For spring return or stay-put buttons Transparent LWA0255 For non illuminated spring return buttons LWA0253 Red opaque Green opaque Black opaque LWA0251 LWA0252 LWA0253 DOUBLE TOUCH For double touch flush-projecting and triple touch Transparent LWA0223 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 79 LWA0223 Accessories o 22 Characteristics (p. 98) > MISCELLANEOUS GUARD Cat. No. For spring return button and spring return mushroom head (maxi o 40) LWA0225 Grey LWA0225 PADLOCKABLE GUARD For stay-put mushroom head Yellow High (Height: 40 mm) LWA0240 For emergency stop button Yellow LWA0242 LWA0240 YELLOW GUARD RING O 37.5 O 31.5 63 46.7 75 LWA0242 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 80 Accessories o 22 Characteristics (p. 98) > MISCELLANEOUS (continued) SQUARE FRAME Cat. No. For turning a round shape button or a pilot light into a square shape LWA0230 Black LWA0230 RELAY TERMINAL (EARTH OR NEUTRAL) For control station Base mounted LWA0216 For selector switches LWA0237 LWA0216 ANTI-ROTATION RING LWA0237 BLANKING PLUG LWA0229 LWA0215 Black Grey LWA0229 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 81 Accessories o 22 Characteristics (p. 98) > MISCELLANEOUS (continued) FIXING TOOL Cat. No. Fixing tool for locking ring LWA0234 LWA0234 REDUCTION RING O 30/22 Converts o 30 mm cut-out to 22 mm hole Grey LWA0219 Yellow LWA0220 LWA0219 PUSH BUTTON SUPPORT CLIP-ON TO DIN RAIL For pilot lights, spring return buttons and selector switches LWA0238 For spring return push-buttons LWA0226 LWA0238 PADLOCKABLE SHROUD LWA0226 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 82 Request form for specific control and signalling units o 22 > HEAD (fill in one form for each type of product) > BLOCKS AND CLIPS Options : Type : q Illuminated button q ISO 13850 q Spring return flush super flush q Spring return projecting q Mushroom head spring return q Push-push stay-put q Flush q Projecting Size (mm): Mushroom head q O 32 q O 40 q O 70 q Push-push super flush Colour : q Colourless q Black q White q Yellow q Mushroom head push-pull stay-put q Mushroom head push-pull with flag indicator Voltage: push-turn stayput q q q q > ENGRAVINGS with key q Selector switch handle q Selector switch with key q 455 q 1424 A q Other .............. q symbol other text (2 x 8 characters) q on legend plate : q standard q Knob selector switch q Double touch q flush-flush q flush-proj. q Triple touch q Mechanical actuator q q q q (2 x 13 characters) large model (2 x 18 characters) Ground colour: q Flush q Projecting q Pilot light Name and surname: ................................. .................................................................................. Address:............................................................. .................................................................................. .................................................................................. E-mail : ................................................................... 24 V 130 V 230 V Tel.: ......................................................................... Fax: red green yellow white blue ...................................................................... COMMENTS Screw Faston Plug-in Pin-Style (for PCB) q 1 position q on head q standard text or with long handle .................................................................................. Clips : Fill in the grid (see below) q Selector switch .................................................................................. Connection : q black q matt chromed q Mushroom head Company: .......................................................... q q q q q q q q Colour: q Green q Red q Blue Bezel : q Mushroom head q 1 NO 2 NC 3 NO/NC 4 Transformer 5 Filter 6 Junction 7 Empty 8 Lamp-test 9 LED emergency stop q IP 67 shroud q Black frame q Guard for buttons q Guard for mushroom heads q Spring return YOUR DETAILS Type of block 1 q 3 positions 1 3 2 q 5 positions 5 1 3 q 6 positions 1 3 2 2 4 Options : white red alu black q Head, block and clip assembled q One-piece pilot light q LED (specify colour, voltage) q Ba9s > SELECTOR SWITCHES' SWITCHING ANGLE 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 2 2 1 q q Key free in position : q q q q q q q 0 q 1 q 2 q other (attach diagram) 83 2 1 2 1 q ENGRAVING 0 2 1 q 0 0 0 1 q control and signalling units o 22 Control stations solution boxes Control stations with mushroom heads Control stations with buttons pre-assembled 1, 2 or 3 buttons y ADVANTAGES "All types of control station applications can be achieved" - Multipurpose, pre-equipped with mushroom head or pushbuttons - Enclosures for custom assembly 1,2,3,4 or 5 holes - Up to 3 blocks per position - Innovative design 84 y SPECIAL REQUEST Custom assemblies and engraving options Enclosures 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 holes See page 94 85 Control stations o 22 IP 66 Base mounted contact- screw terminals Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Marking on control station Frames and legend plates (p. 70) Special engraving on enclosure and mounting (form p. 94) Characteristics (p. 98) > CONTROL STATIONS WITH 1 BUTTON - NON ILLUMINATED SPRING RETURN - FLUSH Cat. No. 47,9 Marking 11 O 29,9 M16/20 Green Red NO NC 13 14 21 22 LBX10110 LBX10610 M16/20 LBX10110 MUSHROOM HEAD O 40 - SPRING RETURN 47,9 Marking 22 M16/20 NC 21 LBX10210 22 O 40 Red M16/20 LBX10210 SELECTOR SWITCH - WITH HANDLE 47,9 23 Marking M16/20 2 stay-put positions - 45 NO 13 14 O 29,9 Black M16/20 LBX12510 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 86 I LBX12510 Control stations o 22 IP66 Base mounted contact- screw terminals Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Marking on control station Frames and legend plates (p. 70) Special marking and mounting (form p. 94) Characteristics (p. 98) > CONTROL STATIONS WITH 1 BUTTON (continued) SELECTOR SWITCH - WITH KEY Cat. No. 47,9 Marking 48,4 Supplied with 2 keys profile n 455 O 29,9 M16/20 M16/20 2 stay-put positions - 45 Key free in position 0-1 Black NO 13 I 14 LBX12610 26,2 LBX12610 MUSHROOM HEAD O 40 - STAY-PUT 47,9 Push-turn to reset 25,7 Red Red Red O 39,2 M16/20 NC NC NC 21 22 21 22 21 22 ARRET D'URGENCE NOT AUS EMERGENCY STOP LBX10310 LBX10410 LBX10510 Contact blocks fixed behind cover (form p. 94) M16/20 LBX10510 MUSHROOM HEAD O 40 ISO 13850 - STAY-PUT 47,9 Push-turn to reset 39,7 Compliant with the requirements of emergency stop: IEC 60947-5-5 / ISO 13850 O 40 M16/20 M16/20 LBX17201 Red NC Red Red 21 22 2 NC 11 12 NC 21 22 Red 2 NC 11 12 Red NC 21 22 11 12 Red 2 NC 21 22 21 22 21 22 ARRET D'URGENCE + LBX17101 NOT-HALT + LBX17201 EMERGENCY STOP + LBX17301 ARRET D'URGENCE + NOT-HALT + EMERGENCY STOP + Contact blocks fixed behind cover (form p. 94) Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 87 LBX17102 LBX17202 LBX17302 Control stations o 22 IP 66 Base mounted contact- screw terminals Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Marking on control station Frames and legend plates (p. 70) Special engraving and mounting (form p. 94) Characteristics (p. 98) > CONTROL STATIONS WITH 1 BUTTON (continued) MUSHROOM HEAD O 40 ISO 13850 - STAY-PUT 47,9 Push-pull to reset Cat. No. 39,7 Compliant with the requirements of emergency stop: IEC 60947-5-5 / ISO 13850 O 40 M16/20 Red NC Red 2 NC Red NC Red M16/20 LBX15101 2 NC Red NC Red 2 NC 21 22 11 12 21 22 11 12 21 22 11 12 21 22 21 22 21 22 ARRET D'URGENCE + LBX15101 NOT-HALT + LBX15201 EMERGENCY STOP + LBX15301 ARRET D'URGENCE + NOT-HALT + EMERGENCY STOP + LBX15102 LBX15202 LBX15302 Contact blocks fixed behind cover (form p. 94) MUSHROOM HEAD O 40 ISO 13850 - STAY-PUT 47,9 Key to reset 40,8 Compliant with the requirements of emergency stop: IEC 60947-5-5 / ISO 13850 Supplied with 2 keys profile n 455 O 40 M16/20 M16/20 Red NC Red Red 63,8 LBX11302 21 22 2 NC 11 12 NC 21 22 Red 2 NC 11 12 Red NC 21 22 11 12 Red 2 NC 21 22 21 22 21 22 ARRET D'URGENCE + LBX11101 NOT-HALT + LBX11201 EMERGENCY STOP + LBX11301 ARRET D'URGENCE + NOT-HALT + EMERGENCY STOP + LBX11102 LBX11202 LBX11302 Contact blocks fixed behind cover (form p. 94) MUSHROOM HEAD O 54 ISO 13850 - STAY-PUT 47,9 Push-pull to reset with flag indicator 38,5 Compliant with the requirements of emergency stop: IEC 60947-5-5 / ISO 13850 Double position indicator: head and collar O 54 M16/20 Red Red NC 2 NC 21 22 11 12 21 22 STOP STOP - Contact blocks fixed behind cover (form p. 94) M16/20 LBX14201 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 88 LBX14201 LBX14202 Control stations o 22 IP 66 Base mounted contact- screw terminals Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Marking on control station Frames and legend plates (p. 70) Special engraving and mounting (form p. 94) Characteristics (p. 98) > CONTROL STATIONS WITH 2 BUTTONS SPRING RETURN - FLUSH Cat. No. 47,9 Marking 11 M16/20 NO NC 13 14 21 22 LBX20120 O 29,9 O 29,9 Green Red M16/20 LBX20120 > CONTROL STATIONS WITH 3 BUTTONS SPRING RETURN - FLUSH Cat. No. 47,9 11 M16/20 NO NC NO 13 14 21 13 22 14 Control stations with 4 or 5 buttons (form p. 94) O 29,9 O 29,9 O 29,9 Green Red Green M16/20 LBX30430 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 89 LBX30430 Control stations o 22 Empty enclosures to be equipped with: - illuminated or non illuminated heads p . 23-49 - specific blocks for control stations (base mounted) p. 66 - frames and legend plates p. 70 Other control stations to be equipped (form p. 94) Characteristics (p. 98) > ENCLOSURES 1 HOLE Cat. No. Black base Grey cover Yellow cover Black cover Red cover Yellow cover with symbol IEC 60417 - 5438 / ISO 13850 LBX0100 LBX0100J LBX0100N LBX0100RN LBX130167 LBX0100J 47,9 42,5 74 M16/20 8 16,5 74 59,5 O 4,5 O 4,5 M16/20 2 HOLES Cat. No. Black base Grey cover Yellow cover LBX0200 47,9 42,5 74 M16/20 8 16,5 107 92,5 O 4,5 O 4,5 M16/20 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 90 LBX0200 LBX0200J Control stations o 22 Empty enclosures to be equipped with: - illuminated or non illuminated heads p. 23-49 - specific blocks for control stations (base mounted) p. 66 - frames and legend plates p. 70 Other enclosures (form p. 94) Characteristics (p. 98) > ENCLOSURES (continued) 3 HOLES Cat. No. Black base Grey cover LBX0300 47,9 42,5 74 M16/20 8 16,5 140 125,5 O 4,5 O 4,5 M16/20 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 91 LBX0300 Control stations o 22 Empty enclosures to be equipped with: - illuminated or non illuminated heads p. 23-49 - specific blocks for control stations (base mounted) p. 66 - frames and legend plates p. 70 Other enclosures (form p. 94) Characteristics (p. 98) > ENCLOSURES (continued) 4 HOLES Cat. No. Black base Grey cover LBX0400 47,9 42,5 74 M16/20 8 16,5 173 158,5 O 4,5 O 4,5 M16/20 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 92 LBX0400 Control stations o 22 Empty enclosures to be equipped with: - illuminated or non illuminated heads p. 23-49 - specific blocks for control stations (base mounted) p. 66 - frames and legend plates p. 70 Other enclosures (form p. 94) Characteristics (p. 98) > ENCLOSURES (continued) 5 HOLES Cat. No. Black base Grey cover LBX0500 47,9 42,5 74 M16/20 8 16,5 206 191,5 O 4,5 O 4,5 M16/20 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 93 LBX0500 Request form for specific control station o 22 > EQUIPPED CONTROL STATION (fill in one form for each type of product) Mounting: q horizontal qvertical Unit type : q 1 hole q 2 holes q3 holes qyellow cover (only 1 hole) q4 holes YOUR DETAILS Company: ............................................................ ................................................................................ q5 holes Choice of head: (write the corresponding number in the table) 1 1 Spring return flush 8 13 2 Push-push stay-put flush 2 3 Spring return projecting 3 14 9 4 Push-push stay-put 4 projecting 15 5 Mushroom head spring 5 10 return 16 6 Mushroom head push6 pull stay-put 11 7 Mushroom head O 54 push- pull with flag 12 7 indicator ................................................................................ 8 Mushroom head pushturn stay-put 9 Mushroom head with key 10 Selector switch with handle 11 Selector switch with long handle 12 Knob selector switch 13 Key selector switch 14 Double touch 15 Triple touch 16 Pilot light Name and surname:......................................... ................................................................................ Address: ............................................................... ................................................................................ ................................................................................ E-mail : ................................................................. Tel.:............................................. ........................... Fax: ....................................................................... Please fill in the table below 230 V 130 V LED Voltage 24 V NC NO ISO 13850 O 32 O 40 O 54 IP 67 shroud Extended Matt chromed Yellow Blue White Red Black Green Illuminated Head no. qEarth terminal Black plastic bezel Colour COMMENTS Blocks illuminated with LED Heads qContact fixed behind the cover Marking: qFunction Max. 14 characters on 1 line qOn control station(1) qOn legend plate(2) qOn head black Red Alu white Colour (1) 3 characters on 3 lines for vertical marking and max. 13 characters on 2 lines for horizontal marking (2) max. 2 lines of 6 characters > SELECTOR SWITCHES' SWITCHING ANGLE 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 0 1 2 1 q q q Key free in position : q q q q q q0 q1 q2 qother (attach diagram) 0 0 2 q 2 1 2 1 1 q q Specify the concerned buttons: ........................................................................................................................ 94 Panel cut-out DRILLING +0,4 O 22,3 -0 For heads equipped with electrical blocks with screw or plug-in terminals Minimum interval (mm) = 30 A B A B = 33 IP 67 (silicon shroud) = 40 With large legend plate > 45 For selector switch with long handle > 40 = 38 = 50 = 45 = 54 = 77 = 50 DRILLING FOR SUPER-FLUSH BUTTON O 30,5 +0,5 -0 DRILLING WHEN USING THE ANTI-ROTATION RING (OPTIONAL) +0,4 O 22,3 -0 24,1 +0,4 -0 3,2 With or without legend (usual case) THICKNESS OF PANEL (E) E = 1 to 6 mm E 95 For mushroom head o 40 For super-flush button With 5 position clip With or without legend plate (usual case) With double touch With double touch + legend plate Joystick Mounting blocks o 22 NON ILLUMINATED 43 Head with 1 contact block on a 1 position clip Head with 1 or 2 contact blocks on a 3 position clip 43 Head with 3 contact blocks on a 3 position clip 43 Head with 4 or 5 contact blocks on a 5 position clip 50 Head with 4, 5 or 6 contact blocks 2nd level of contact blocks stacked directly on first row (3 position clip) 64,5 96 Mounting blocks o 22 ILLUMINATED 43 Pilot light on a 1 position clip Illuminated head with LED and 1 or 2 contact blocks on a 3 position clip 43 Illuminated head with LED and 3 or 4 contact blocks 2nd level of contact blocks stacked directly on first row (3 position clip) 64,5 Illuminated head with LED on transformer supply with 1 or 2 contact blocks on a 3 position clip 80,5 Illuminated head with LED and 3 or 4 contact blocks on a 5 position clip 50 Illuminated blocks 97 Technical characteristics > GENERAL Characteristics Data > Storage temperature - 40 C to + 70 C > Operating temperature - 25 C to + 70 C > Climatic resistance Constant humid heat Cyclic damp heat Resistance to sea air IEC 60068-2-3 IEC 60068-2-30 IEC 60068-2-52 > Degree of protection IP 65 for adjustable mechanical push button IP 65 for USB interface IP 66 for standard heads IP 67 for shrouded heads IP 66 for equipped control stations IP 69 and IP 69K for push buttons IP 69 and IP 69K for selector switches IP 69 and IP 69K for pilot devices IP 69 and IP 69K for emergency stops IP 69 and IP 69K for audible warning buzzers IP 20 at the rear of the panel for contact blocks and one piece pilot lights Type 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 12, and 13 for heads and control stations IEC 60529 IEC 60529 IEC 60529 IEC 60529 IEC 60529 IEC 60529 - ISO 20653 IEC 60529 - ISO 20653 IEC 60529 - ISO 20653 IEC 60529 - ISO 20653 IEC 60529 - ISO 20653 Standards NEMA standard > Protection against mechanical impacts IK 05 illuminated and non illuminated heads IK 07 empty control station IEC 62262 > Electrical insulation Class II - heads and control station IEC 60947-5-1 > Terminal marking IEC 60947-1 > Tightening torques Locking ring: recommended 3 N.m or tightened with the fixing tool to hand tight after pressure point plus another half turn Terminals: max. 1.2 N.m > Approvals UL United states and Canada BV Bureau Veritas Certification OC/CB UL 508, CSA 22.2 Marine rules IEC 60947-5-1 IEC 60947-5-5 IEC 60947-5-4 > Vibrations withstand vibration Fc test: 2 to 25 Hz, 1.6 mm; 25-100 Hz, 4 g IEC 60068-2-6 98 Technical characteristics > CONTACT BLOCKS Standards Screw and plug-in connection characteristics Data > Rated insulation voltage 690 V AC 600 V AC IEC 60947-1 UL 508 > NC contacts Positive opening IEC 60947-5-1 > Rated impulse voltage Uimp Pollution degree 6kV 3 > Conventional thermal current in free air conditions AC15: 10 A DC13: 2,5 A > Electrical ratings Alternating current AC15 - A 600 Ue = 120 V, Ie = 6 A Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A Ue = 380 V, Ie = 1,9 A Ue = 480 V, Ie = 1,5 A Ue = 500 V, Ie = 1,4 A Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1,2 A Minimum operating current - standard blocks Ue = 24 V DC and Ie = 5 mA Failure rate < 10 -8 > Electrical operating life > Applicable wire sizes IEC 60947-5-1 Direct current DC13 - Q 600 Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0,55 A Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0,27 A Ue = 400 V, Ie = 0,15 A Ue = 500 V, Ie = 0,13 A Ue = 600 V, Ie = 0,1 A IEC 60947-5-1 - golden contacts Ue = 5 V DC and Ie = 1 mA Failure rate < 10 -8 1 million cycles for: - AC15 - B 300 Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1,5 A - DC13 - R 300 Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0,22 A Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0,1 A Rigid or flexible wire without ferrule: 0,5 mm2 to 2 x 2,5 mm2 Rigid or flexible wire with ferrule: 0,5 mm2 to 2 x 1,5 mm2 Faston connection Data > Rated insulation voltage 320 V AC 300 V AC IEC 60947-1 UL 508 > NC contacts Positive opening IEC 60947-5-1 > Rated impulse withstanding voltage Uimp 6 kV 3 > Conventional thermal current in free air conditions AC 15: 10 A DC 13: 2,5 A > Electrical ratings Alternating current AC15 - A 300 Ue = 120 V, Ie = 6 A Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A Pollution degree Standards IEC 60947-5-1 Direct current DC13 - Q 300 Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0,55 A Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0,27 A Minimum current of use Ue = 24 V DC and Ie = 5 mA Failure rate < 10 -8 > Electrical operating life 1 million cycles for: - AC15 - B 300 Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1,5 A > Faston size 6,35 mm or 2 x 2,8 mm 99 - DC13 - R 300 Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0,22 A Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0,1 A IEC 60947-5-1 Technical characteristics > CONTACT BLOCKS Standards Pin-style connection (for PCB) Data > Rated insulation voltage 250 V AC 250 V AC IEC 60947-1 UL 508 > NC contacts Positive opening IEC 60947-5-1 > Rated impulse withstanding voltage Uimp 4 kV 3 > Conventional thermal current in free air conditions AC 15: 5 A DC 13: 1 A > Electrical ratings Alternating current AC 15 - B 300 Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1,5 A Direct current DC13 - R 300 Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0,22 A Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0,1 A Minimum current of use - standard blocks Ue = 24 V DC and Ie = 5 mA Failure rate < 10 -8 - golden contacts Ue = 5 V DC and Ie = 1 mA Failure rate < 10 -8 > Electrical operating life 1 million cycles for: - AC15 - B 300 Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1,5 A - DC13 - R 300 Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0,22 A Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0,1 A > Pin diameter o 1 mm Pollution degree 100 IEC 60947-5-1 IEC 60947-5-1 IEC 60947-5-4 Technical characteristics > LED BLOCKS FOR ILLUMINATED HEADS AND ONE PIECE LED PILOT LIGHTS Standards Characteristics Data > Rated insulation voltage 300 V IEC 60947-5-1 > Rated impulse voltage Uimp 4 kV (with filter block see p. 68) 3 IEC 60947-1 > Operating voltage 12 to 24 V AC/DC 48 V AC/DC (for LED block) 110 V DC 130 V AC 230 V AC > Frequency 50 or 60 Hz > Lifetime at rated supply voltage Red and yellow: 100 000 hours at 25 C Other colours: 50 000 hours at 25 C > Consumption of LED blocks Voltage: - 24 V: 25 mA 20% - 48 V: 15 mA 5% - 110 V: 20 mA 10% - 130 V: 20 mA 10% - 230 V: 16 mA 30% Pollution degree > ONE PIECE PILOT LIGHT Standards Characteristics Data > Rated insulation voltage 300 V IEC 60947-5-1 > Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4 kV IEC 60947-1 > Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC ( 10%) 130 V AC/DC ( 10%) 230 V AC/DC ( 10%) > Frequency 50 or 60 Hz > Lifetime at rated supply voltage Red: 100 000 hours at 25 C Other colours: 50 000 hours at 25 C > Consumption 24 V: 4,6 mA 130 V: 5,2 mA 230 V: 4,6 mA 101 Technical characteristics > USB INTERFACE 3.0 Standards Characteristics Data > Rated insulation voltage 5 V AC/DC IEC 60947-5-1 > Rated current 1,8 A IEC 60947-5-1 > Insulation resistance 100 M > Contact resistance 30 M > USB class 3.0 (backward compatible with USB class 2.0) > Transmission characteristics for 5 Gbps (625 MB/sec) > Recommended fixing tool Tightening flat wrench size 26 mm > AUDIBLE WARNING BUZZERS Standards Characteristics Data > Supply voltage 18 to 30 V AC/DC 85 to 140 V AC/DC 185 to 265 V AC/DC IEC 60947-5-1 > Rated impulse voltage Uimp 4 KV IEC 60947-5-1 > Sound Power 80 dB @ 10 cm > Frequency 50 or 60 Hz > Maximum power consumption 20 mA > Service life 30000 hours (continuously powered) > Recommended fixing tool Tightening flat wrench size 26 mm 102 Technical characteristics > HEADS Characteristics Data > Mechanical endurance (in million cycles) Spring return: 5 Push-push: 0,5 Selector switches: 0,3 Mushroom head maintained function ISO 13850: 0,10 Mushroom head maintained function: 0,15 > Activation force in N Spring return + NO: 6,5 Spring return + NC: 4,5 Additional NO contact: 4,5 Additional NC contact: 3,0 Push-pull mushroom head + NO + NC: 27 Push-turn mushroom head + NO + NC: 22 Push-pull mushroom head ISO 13850 + NO + NC: 37 Push-turn mushroom head ISO 13850 + NO + NC: 60 > Activation force in Nm Selector switch + NO: 0,04 Additional NO contact: 0.03 Standards > EMERGENCY STOP ACTUATORS - ISO 13850: According to IEC 60947-5-5, the emergency stop function can be provided by an ISO 13850 mushroom head combined with a positive opening NC contact block. The mechanism of our ISO 13850 mushroom heads is so designed that a push action of sufficient force to open the contact systematically triggers an irreversible locking of this opening. This generates an emergency stop signal which can be cancelled only by deliberate manual resetting of the mushroom head (pull and turn or unlocking by key). This function allows to generate an emergency stop signal for any equipment subject to directive 98/37CE (machinery safety) completed by the IEC 60204-1 standard. The ISO 13850 mushroom heads also comply with the safety requirements detailed in standard ISO 13850. 103 Diagrams MECHANICAL OPERATION Back side view For 3 position selector switches Handle (View from front of panel) 1 0 2 1 0 2 1 0 Non operated block Operated block posi- 2 tion Contacts block actuation (View from front of panel) MECHANICAL OPERATION For Joysticks 2 positions 4 positions A O B 0 1 3 2 LM11 13 in 1 11 14 12 X LM11 23 in 2 21 24 X 22 0 X 1 3 2 A C O B D LM11 13 in 1 11 X 12 LM11 23 in 2 21 X X 14 X 24 22 X PUSH-TO-TEST LED PILOT LIGHT DIAGRAMS L1 L1 Test Lamp testing module L1 Test Lamp testing module Y Y LED block L2 Test + LED assembly X Load LED block L2 Load L2 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD MOUNTING 104 Test Lamp testing module X1 X1 Load Lamp-testing assembly for direct supply 130 V and 240 V (Consult us - see page 79) Lamp-testing module with 2 diodes (33ETT) for direct supply 24 V and 48 V Lamp-testing module with 1 diode (33ET) for direct supply 24 V and 48V LED block with test Control and signalling units o 30 O 30 heads: Baco simplifies your choice Cat. No. T16 AA 02 - - - AA - - definition of function T16 AA - - choice of bezel T16 AA 02 colour of head y HEAD COLOUR CODES 01 02 03 red green black 04 05 06 yellow white blue y BEZEL CODES T11 T12 T13 T14 T16 y AVANTAGES - O 30 heads use the same clips and blocks as O 22 heads - Fully compatible with the new O 22 range - Wide choice of bezels 105 chrome brilliant plastic black plastic grey plastic chrome brass matt chrome plastic Separate units o 30: Heads > PUSH-BUTTONS - NON ILLUMINATED IP 65 Characteristics (p. 125) To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52) With locking ring Plastic chrome bezel- Other bezel on request (form p. 123) O 30 blocks use the same blocks and clips (except for the 5 position clip) as O 22 mm heads (see p. 52-69) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 SPRING RETURN - FLUSH Cat. No. O 36,5 Without engraving 14 Red Green Black Yellow White Blue T16AA01 T16AA01 T16AA02 T16AA03 T16AA04 T16AA05 T16AA06 With engraving SPRING RETURN - FLUSH Red T16AA81 Green T16AA82 Black T16AA83 Reinforced degree of protection: IP 67 20 O 38,5 T12AG03 . Supplied with transparent shroud Marking possible (engravings and symbols p. 76) Red Green Black Yellow White Blue T12AG01 T12AG02 T12AG03 T12AG04 T12AG05 T12AG06 Red Green Black Yellow White Blue T16AB01 T16AB02 T16AB03 T16AB04 T16AB05 T16AB06 SPRING RETURN - PROJECTING 24,5 O 36,5 T16AB01 106 Separate units o 30: Heads > PUSH-BUTTONS - NON ILLUMINATED SPRING RETURN - MUSHROOM HEAD O 40 26,5 O 40 IP 65 Characteristics (p. 125) To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52) With locking ring Plastic chrome bezel- Other bezel on request (form p. 123) O 30 blocks use the same blocks and clips (except for the 5 position clip) as O 22 mm heads (see p. 52-69) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 (continued) Push Cat. No. Red Green Black Yellow T16AD01 T16AD02 T16AD03 T16AD04 T16AD01 SPRING RETURN - MUSHROOM HEAD O 70 43,5 O 70 Push Red - plastic Black - plastic T16AE01 T16AE03 T16AE01 SPRING RETURN - FLUSH-FLUSH Double touch 12 50 x 37 Plastic black frame Green Red T52QA02 Black Red T52QA03 T52QA02 STAY-PUT - PROJECTING Push-push 24,5 O 36,5 Red Green Black Yellow White Blue T16CB02 107 T16CB01 T16CB02 T16CB03 T16CB04 T16CB05 T16CB06 Separate units o 30: Heads IP 65 Characteristics (p. 125) To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52) With locking ring Plastic chrome bezel- Other bezel on request (form p. 123) O 30 blocks use the same blocks and clips (except for the 5 position clip) as O 22 mm heads (see p. 52-69) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 > SELECTOR SWITCHES - NON ILLUMINATED WITH HANDLE Cat. No. 2 positions O 36,5 Stay-put positions - 45 26,5 Red Black Grey T16KA01 T16KA03 T16KA08 0 1 Stay-put positions - 45 T16KA03 Red Black Grey 0 T16KC01 T16KC03 T16KC08 1 Spring return- 45 Red Black Grey 0 1 T16KD01 T16KD03 T16KD08 Stay-put positions -90 Red Black Grey WITH HANDLE 0 1 T16KF01 T16KF03 T16KF08 3 positions 26,5 O 36,5 Stay-put positions - 45 Red Black Grey 0 1 2 T16MA01 T16MA03 T16MA08 Spring return from right to 0 - 45 T16MA01 0 Red Black Grey 2 1 Spring return to 0 - 45 Red Black Grey 0 1 Stay-put positions - 90 Red Black Grey 0 1 108 2 2 T16MC01 T16MC03 T16MC08 T16MD01 T16MD03 T16MD08 T16MK01 T16MK03 T16MK08 Separate units o 30: Heads IP 65 Characteristics (p. 125) To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52) With locking ring Plastic chrome bezel- Other bezel on request (form p. 123) O 30 blocks use the same blocks and clips (except for the 5 position clip) as O 22 mm heads (see p. 52-69) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 > SELECTOR SWITCHES - NON ILLUMINATED WITH LONG HANDLE (continued) 2 positions 28 O 36,5 Cat. No. Stay-put positions - 45 26,5 Red Black Grey T16KP01 T16KP03 T16KP08 0 1 Stay-put positions - 45 Red Black Grey T16KP03 0 T16KR01 T16KR03 T16KR08 1 Spring return - 45 Red Black Grey WITH LONG HANDLE 0 1 T16KS01 T16KS03 T16KS08 3 positions 28 26,5 O 36,5 Stay-put positions - 45 Red Black Grey 0 1 2 T16MR01 T16MR03 T16MR08 Spring return from right to 0 - 45 T16MR01 Red Black Grey 0 2 1 T16MT01 T16MT03 T16MT08 Spring return to 0 - 45 Red Black Grey 0 1 109 2 T16MU01 T16MU03 T16MU08 Separate units o 30: Heads IP 65 Characteristics (p. 125) To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52) With locking ring Plastic chrome bezel- Other bezel on request (form p. 123) O 30 blocks use the same blocks and clips (except for the 5 position clip) as O 22 mm heads (see p. 52-69) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 > SELECTOR SWITCHES - NON ILLUMINATED WITH KEY (continued) 2 positions Cat. No. Supplied with 2 keys profile n 455 O 36,5 0 Black 0 T16LA00 1 0 T16LC00 1 0 T16LD00 0 T16LF00 1 30,5 54 Stay-put positions - 45 Key free in position: Stay-put positions - 45 0 Black Spring return- 45 T16LA00 0 Black Stay-put positions - 90 0 Black 1 Key profile n 1424 A and others (form p. 123) WITH KEY 3 positions Supplied with 2 keys profile n 455 O 36,5 30,5 54 Stay-put positions - 45 Black Key free in position: 0 0 T16NA00 2 0 T16NC00 2 0 T16ND00 1-0-2 T16NK00 2 1 Spring return from right to 0 - 45 0 Black 1 T16NA00 Spring return to 0 - 45 Black 0 1 Stay-put positions -90 Black 0 1 2 Key profile n 1424 A and others (form p. 123) 110 Separate units o 30: Heads IP 65 Characteristics (p.125) To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52) With locking ring Plastic chrome bezel- Other bezel on request (form p. 123) O 30 blocks use the same blocks and clips (except for the 5 position clip) as O 22 mm heads (see p. 52-69) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 > SELECTOR SWITCHES - NON ILLUMINATED WITH KEY (continued) Cat. No. Push 36,5 Supplied with 2 keys profile n 455 34,5 58 Lockable position Key free in: Stay-put Top and bottom position T16GM00 In top position In top position Top and bottom position Bottom position T16GF00 T16GJ00 In bottom position In bottom position Top and bottom position Bottom position T16GG00 T16GK00 In top and bottom position In top and bottom position Top and bottom position Bottom position T16GH00 T16GL00 In bottom position Manual locking T16GM00 111 Separate units o 30: Heads IP 65 Characteristics (p. 125) To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52) With locking ring Plastic chrome bezel - Other bezel on request (form p. 123) O 30 blocks use the same blocks and clips (except for the 5 position clip) as O 22 mm heads (see p. 52-69) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 > MUSHROOM HEADS - NON ILLUMINATED O 40 - STAY-PUT Push-pull to reset O 40 26,5 Red Green Black Yellow Cat. No. T16DD01 T16DD02 T16DD03 T16DD04 T16DD01 O 40 - STAY-PUT Push-turn to reset Stay-put O 40 26,5 Red Green Black Yellow T16ED01 T16ED02 T16ED03 T16ED04 Manual locking T16ED01 Red Green Black Yellow O 40 - STAY-PUT T16FD01 T16FD02 T16FD03 T16FD04 Key to reset O 40 34,5 58 Supplied with 2 keys profile n 455 Red T16GM01 T16GM01 O 70 - STAY-PUT Key to reset O 70 36,5 58 Supplied with 2 keys profile n 455 Red T16GP01 T16GP01 112 Separate units o 30: Heads IP 65 To be used without electrical block Black plastic bezel Stroke 12 mm Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 125) > ADJUSTABLE MECHANICAL PUSH/RESET BUTTON - NON ILLUMINATED SPRING RETURN - FLUSH Cat. No. 19,8 O 36,6 O 30 Red Green Black Yellow White Blue T12HA01 T12HA02 T12HA03 T12HA04 T12HA05 T12HA06 T12HA04 SPRING RETURN - FLUSH Reinforced degree of protection: IP 67 28,2 O 37,5 O 30 T12HG06 Supplied with transparent shroud Red Green Black Yellow White Blue T12HG01 T12HG02 T12HG03 T12HG04 T12HG05 T12HG06 Red Green Black Yellow White Blue T12HB01 T12HB02 T12HB03 T12HB04 T12HB05 T12HB06 SPRING RETURN - PROJECTING 31,2 O 36,6 O 30 T12HB05 113 Separate units o 30: Heads > PUSH-BUTTONS - ILLUMINATED IP 65 Characteristics (p. 125) To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52) With locking ring Plastic chrome bezel- Black bezel on request (form p. 123) O 30 blocks use the same blocks and clips (except for the 5 position clip) as O 22 mm heads (see p. 52-69) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 SPRING RETURN - FLUSH Cat. No. 13,5 O 36,5 Red Green Colourless Yellow Opal T16AH10 T16AH20 T16AH30 T16AH40 T16AH50 T16AH20 SPRING RETURN - FLUSH Reinforced degree of protection: IP 67 20 O 38,5 Supplied with transparent shroud Red Green Colourless Yellow Opal T12AP40 T12AP10 T12AP20 T12AP30 T12AP40 T12AP50 Enables engraving of button plate (form p. 123) SPRING RETURN - PROJECTING O 36,5 24,5 Red Green Colourless Yellow Opal T16AK10 T16AK20 T16AK30 T16AK40 T16AK50 T16AK10 SPRING RETURN - MUSHROOM HEAD O 40 Push 26,5 O 40 Red Green Yellow Opal T16AM10 T16AM20 T16AM40 T16AM50 T16AM10 114 Separate units o 30: Heads > PUSH-BUTTONS - ILLUMINATED STAY-PUT - PROJECTING IP 65 Characteristics (p. 125) To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52) With locking ring Plastic chrome bezel- Black bezel on request (form p. 123) O 30 blocks use the same blocks and clips (except for the 5 position clip) as O 22 mm heads (see p. 52-69) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 (continued) Push-push Cat. No. 24,5 O 36,5 Red Green Colourless Yellow Opal T16CK50 115 T16CK10 T16CK20 T16CK30 T16CK40 T16CK50 Separate units o 30: Heads > SELECTOR SWITCHES - ILLUMINATED WITH HANDLE IP 65 Characteristics (p. 125) To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52) With locking ring Plastic chrome bezel- Other bezel on request (form p. 123) O 30 blocks use the same blocks and clips (except for the 5 position clip) as O 22 mm heads (see p. 52-69) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Cat. No. 2 positions O 36,5 26,5 Stay-put positions - 45 Red Green Opal T16KG10 T16KG20 T16KG50 0 1 Stay-put positions - 45 T16KG10 Red Green Opal 0 T16KJ10 T16KJ20 T16KJ50 1 Spring return - 45 Red Green Opal 0 1 T16KK10 T16KK20 T16KK50 Stay-put positions - 90 Red Green Opal WITH HANDLE 0 1 T16KM10 T16KM20 T16KM50 3 positions 26,5 O 36,5 T16ME20 Stay-put positions - 45 Red Green Opal 0 1 2 T16ME10 T16ME20 T16ME50 Spring return from right to 0 - 45 Red Green Opal 2 T16MG10 T16MG20 T16MG50 2 T16MH10 T16MH20 T16MH50 0 1 Spring return to 0 - 45 Red Green Opal 0 1 Stay-put positions - 90 Red Green Opal 0 1 116 2 T16MJ10 T16MJ20 T16MJ50 Separate units o 30: Heads IP 65 To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52) With locking ring For lens engraving (form p. 123) Conform to IEC 60947-5-1 Characteristics (p. 125) > PILOT LIGHT LENS WITH BEZEL Cat. No. 14 O 36,5 Smooth lens Red Green Colourless Yellow Opal Blue T10SB50V T10SB10V T10SB20V T10SB30V T10SB40V T10SB50V T10SB60V LENS WITH BEZEL AND TRIM 14 O 37 T15SB20V Smooth lens Red Green Colourless Yellow Opal Blue 117 T15SB10V T15SB20V T15SB30V T15SB40V T15SB50V T15SB60V Accessories o 30 Characteristics (p. 125) > COMPLETE FRAME Standard model 40 34 4,8 O 30,2 O 40 Round shape Black frame and legend plate unassembled 2 lines maximum, 18 characters per line Without engraving Red Black Alu Transparent UP39 Cat. No. UP31 UP33 UP39 UP37 On demand engraving (p. 123) Large model 50 34 4,8 O 30,2 O 40 Round shape Black frame and legend plate unassembled 2 lines maximum, 24 characters per line Without engraving Red Black Alu Transparent UG39 UG31 UG33 UG39 UG37 On demand engraving (p. 123) > LEGEND PLATE 36,35 IB1 10,6 Standard model Cat. No. 2 lines maximum, 18 characters per line For frame cat. no.. UP3 Without engraving Red Black Alu Transparent IB1 IB3 IB9 IB7 On demand engraving (p. 123) Cardboard legend for transparent legend plate Sheet of 20 pieces, to be cut out 118 I2B Accessories o 30 Characteristics (p. 125) > LEGEND PLATE (continued) 10,6 Large model 46,35 Cat. No. 2 lines maximum, 24 characters per line For frame cat. no.. UG3 Without engraving IC3 Red Black Alu Transparent IC1 IC3 IC9 IC7 On demand engraving (p. 123) Cardboard legend for transparent legend plate Sheet of 20 pieces, to be cut out I2C > FRAMES Standard model 4,8 Cat. No. 40 UP3 34 Black O 30,2 O 40 UP3 Large model 4,8 50 UG3 34 Black O 30,2 O 40 UG3 119 Accessories o 30 Characteristics (p. 125) > BUTTON PLATES FOR ILLUMINATED FLUSH BUTTONS Cat. No. 2 lines maximum, 10 characters per line To be inserted under the button Without engraving Transparent UE02 UE02 On demand engraving (p. 123) Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number Transparent (black engraving) UE02 Other colours (form p. 123) FOR PILOT LIGHTS 2 lines maximum, 12 characters per line To be inserted under the lens Without engraving Transparent UE10 UE10 On demand engraving (p. 123) Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number Transparent (black engraving) UE10 > SHROUDS IP 67 FOR ADJUSTABLE MECHANICAL BUTTONS Cat. No. Transparent UA0219 Transparent UA0228 UA0219 FOR FLUSH BUTTONS UA0228 120 Accessories o 30 Characteristics (p. 125) > BEZELS ROUND Cat. No. Height 13 mm Possibility of sticking the bezel on the button UA0011 Brilliant chrome plastic Black plastic Grey plastic Matt chrome plastic bezel Brillant chrome brass UA0011 UA0012 UA0013 UA0016 UA0014 For adjustable mechanical button Height 20 mm Brilliant chrome plastic Black plastic Grey plastic Brilliant chrome brass UA0111 UA0112 UA0113 UA0114 UA0112 GUARD For flush push-buttons Height 20 mm Brilliant chrome brass UA0202 121 UA0202 Accessories o 30 Characteristics (p. 125) > MISCELLANEOUS FIXING TOOL Cat. No. Fixing tool o 30 WA0210 WA0210 BLANKING PLUG Grey UA0215 UA0215 ANTI-ROTATION RING Anti-rotation ring UA0209 122 UA0209 Request form for specific control and signalling units o 30 > HEAD (fill in one form for each type of product) > BLOCKS AND CLIPS Options: Type: q Illuminated button q IP 67 shroud q Guard for buttons q Spring return flush q Spring return projecting 1 NO 2 NC 3 NO/NC 4 Transformer 5 Filter 6 Jonction 7 Empty 8 Lamp-test 9 LED Size (mm): q Mushroom head q O 40 q O 70 Mushroom head spring return Colour : Colourless Black Opal Yellow q Push-push stay-put q q q q q Mushroom head push-pull stay-put q Mushroom head q Green q Red q Blue Voltage: q black q grey q Mushroom head With key handle q q q q > ENGRAVINGS q Selector switch with long handle q Selector switch with key q 455 E q 1424 A q Other .............. q Double touch Clips : q on head q standard text or q 1 position symbol other text (2 x 10 characters) q on legend plate : q standard Mechanical button .................................................................................. Name and surname: ................................. .................................................................................. Address:............................................................. .................................................................................. .................................................................................. 24 V 130 V 230 V white yellow red green blue q large model 0 1 q 3 positions 1 3 2 q 6 positions 1 3 2 assembled 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 2 q q Key free in position: q q q 0 0 0 1 2 1 1 q q q q0 q1 q2 123 2 2 1 q ENGRAVING 0 2 1 q COMMENTS 1 > SELECTOR SWITCHES SWITCHING ANGLE 1 ...................................................................... q Head, block and clip Ground colour: q white q alu q black 0 Fax: Options: (2 x 24 characters) q Pilot light 1 Tel.: ......................................................................... (2 x 18 characters) q Flush q Projecting 0 E-mail: .................................................................... Screw Faston Plug-in For PCB Use the grid below q .................................................................................. Connection: q matt chromed q brilliant chromed q chromed brass q Selector switch YOUR DETAILS Company: .......................................................... q q q q q q q q Colour: Bezel: push-turn stayput q Block: q Panel cut-out o 30 DRILLING +0,5 O 30,5 -0 For heads equipped with electrical blocks with screw terminals Minimum interval (mm) A B A B > 40 > 50 For mushroom head o40 For selector switch with Long handle > 50 > 50 > 70 For double touch For legend plates For mushroom head o70 > 70 DRILLING WHEN USING THE ANTI-ROTATION RING (OPTIONAL) O 30,5 +0,5 -0 18,1 O 3,2 124 For mushroom head o70 Technical characteristics o 30 > GENERAL Characteristics > Storage temperature for illuminated or non illuminated button Standards Data - 40C to + 70C > Operating temperature Non illuminated buttons: - 25C to + 70C Illuminated buttons: - 25C to + 60C > Degree of protection IP 65 for standard heads IP 67 for shrouded heads IEC 60529 Spring return push button: IEC 60947-5-1 > Mechanical life 3 x 106 operating cycles The blocks used for diameter 30 are the same as for diameter 22. Their characteristics are described on p. 95 > MOUNTING THE BLOCKS 125 Protection, flexibility and safety Cam switches from 10 to 200 A y STANDARD SOLUTIONS P. 134 - 212 The expertise of a specialist like Baco allows us to offer made-to-measure solutions, even the most specific. Choice of diagram from 1 to 24 contacts Metal shaft can withstand more than 1 million operations y ADVANTAGES - Conform to European and international standards: IEC, UL and CSA - A metal shaft capable of withstanding more than 1 million operations - More than 50 000 different diagrams available - Many specific functions and special markings 126 Customised engravings y MADE-TO-MEASURE SOLUTIONS How do I order a switch in 5 steps? Example: A change-over switch without off 1 2 3 4 5 DETERMINE THE RATING according to the electrical specifications p. 215 EG: for switching of resistive loads 63A y RATING: PR 63 y PRICE LIST CODE: I SELECT A DIAGRAM AND ITS SWITCHING ANGLE EG: for a 2 way switch without off, with 1 pole EG: for a switching angle of 90 p. 216 y CAT. NO. 2251 y CAT. NO. A4 y PRICE LIST CODE: A02Z y PRICE LIST CODE: - DETERMINE THE MOUNTING METHOD p. 249 EG: for rear mounting 68 mm interval y CAT. NO. S DEFINE THE PRESENTATION p. 263 EG: for a y CAT. NO. Q72 MN Voltage, performance, etc (p. 213). front or rear mounting, with screws or on DIN rail. Plate, frame and handle, padlockable, with clutch drive, in enclosure, with key locking, coupling in parallel or in series, dual-voltage device, etc 72 frame with a medium handle SELECT YOUR OPTIONS p. 278 EG: for a 72 "pump 1 pump 2" engraving y engraving Handles and long handles, legends, legend plate, terminal cover, etc "pump 1 pump 2" y PRICE LIST CODE: Y508 y PRICE LIST CODE: Q72 MN y PRICE LIST CODE: Y000 Example of grid to be used for your order Rating Diagram Mounting Presentation Option 1 Option 2... PR 63 2251 A4 S Q72 MN "pump 1 - pump 2" - PRICE LIST CODE I A02Z - Y508 Q72 MN Y000 - Observations 2 way without off, Rear mounting 1 pole 90 switching angle DESIGNATION PR 63 AC21 = 63 A 127 72 plate and frame presentation Medium handle Standard engraving PR ONE cam switch Series A selection of standard switching programmes and mounting forms for practical reliable solutions to be achieved quickly y DESIGN AND FUNCTIONS * 45 switching angle * Forced opened contacts * Finger protected (degree of protection up to IP 20) * Short-circuit rated * Fulfills the load of break requirements up to 690 V * Terminal screws in open position * Switching capacity Ie (A): 16 A, 25 A and 32 A in AC21 * Manually operated control switches * Front presentation: aluminium plate with black handle with index * Laser marking on escutcheon * Front degree of protection IP 40 * 2-screw panel mount - interval 30 mm y APPLICATIONS * ON-OFF switches * Changeover switches * Multi-step switches * Instrument switches 128 Standard circuits diagrams from 16 A, 25 A up to 32 A The expertise of a specialist to offer ready-solutions 16 A y ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS 25 A 32 A > Thermal current, Ith (A) 20 32 40 > Rated operating current in AC-21A, Ie (A) 16 25 32 > Rated operating current in AC-15A, Ie (A) 6 10 12 3 4 4 7,5 5,5 11 4 7,5 7,5 11 11 11 > Rated insulation voltage, Ui (V) 690 690 690 > Rated short time withstand current, Icw (A) for 1 sec 300 420 800 4 / 2,5 6/4 6/6 > Motor performance in AC-3 (kW) 3 x 230 V 3 x 400 V > Motor performance in AC-23 (kW) 3 x 230 V 3 x 400 V > Maximum wire size (mm2 rigid / flexible) > Mechanical durability (nb of operations) 800 000 (max. rate 150 per hour) > Operating temperature limits > Degree of protection -20C to 70C Front Rear IP 40 IP 2x y FINGER PROTECTED Degree of protection up to IP 20 y CONFORMING TO STANDARDS IEC EN 60947-1 IEC EN 60947-3 UL 508 UL-CSA approved 129 PR ONE cam switches Dimensions (p. 133) > ON-OFF SWITCHES From 1 to 3 poles, each pole being a path for the current, the circuit being open at starting position 0, and closed at position 1 No. of contacts 1-2 3-4 5-6 0 1 X X X 1P 2P 3P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Cat. No. 16 A 1P-1 contact 2P-2 contacts 3P-3 contacts 25 A 1P-1 contact 2P-2 contact 3P-3 contacts 227603 32 A 1P-1 contact 3P-3 contacts 0 1 227600 227601 227602 0 1 227603 227604 227605 0 1 227606 227608 > CHANGE-OVER SWITCHES WITH OFF POSITION From 1 to 3 poles, each pole having two current paths, open at starting position 0, one path closes on position 1, the other on position 2 No. of contacts 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 1 X X X 0 2 X X X 1P 2P 3P 1 3 2 5 4 7 6 9 8 11 10 12 227609 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Cat. No. 16 A 1P-2 contacts 2P-4 contacts 3P-6 contacts 227609 227610 227611 25 A 1P-2 contacts 2P-4 contacts 3P-6 contacts 227612 227613 227614 32 A 1P-2 contacts 3P-4 contacts 3P-6 contacts 227615 227616 227617 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 130 PR ONE cam switches Dimensions (p. 133) > SELECTOR SWITCHES 2 to 5-way switches, each pole being respectively from 2 to 5 paths for the current, the starting position is at 0 2-WAY SWITCHES WITH OFF No. of contacts 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 0 1 X X X 1 2 1P X 2P X 3P X 3 2 5 4 7 6 9 8 11 10 12 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Cat. No. 16 A 1P-2 contacts 2P-4 contacts 3P-6 contacts 227618 227619 227620 25 A 1P-2 contacts 2P-4 contacts 3P-6 contacts 227630 32 A 1P-2 contacts 3P-4 contacts 3P-6 contacts 3-WAY SWITCHES WITH OFF No. of contacts 1-2 3-4 0 1 X 2 3 X 7-8 1P X 1 3 2 5 4 7 6 8 1 2 0 1 227624 227625 227626 2 0 1 227630 227631 227632 2 0 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Cat. No. 16 A 1P-3 contacts 227621 25 A 1P-3 contacts 1 2 3 0 227627 227621 4-WAY SWITCHES WITH OFF No. of contacts 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 0 1 X 2 X 3 X 1 2 3 4 4 X 1P 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Cat. No. 16 A 1P-4 contacts 227622 1 0 1 3 2 5 4 7 6 8 227622 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 131 2 3 4 PR ONE cam switches Dimensions (p. 133) > SELECTOR SWITCHES (CONTINUED) 5-WAY SWITCHES WITH OFF No. of contacts 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 0 1 X 2 3 X 4 X X 1 2 3 4 5 5 X 1P 1 3 2 5 4 7 6 9 8 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Cat. No. 16 A 1P-5 contacts 227623 25 A 1P-5 contacts 2 3 1 0 4 5 227629 10 227623 1 2 3 4 > INSTRUMENT SWITCHES For ammeters wired in 3 CT's connected into the corresponding circuits. The CT's can be mounted in series with common point. For voltmeters wired into 3-phase networks with neutral. VOLTMETER SWITCH, WITH NEUTRAL V No. of contacts 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 L3 L1 X L2 L3 L1 L2 X X X 0 0 L1 N X X X L2 N L3 N X X X 1 X X 227636 11 1 3 2 4 5 7 6 8 9 11 10 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Cat. No. 16 A 6 contacts 227636 L1L2 0 L1N L2L3 L2N L3L1 L3N 12 N L3 L2 L1 2 6 10 4 AMMETER SWITCH, 3 CTS WITH COMMON POINT A No. of contacts 1-2 0 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 227637 X X X L1 X X X X L2 L3 4 X X X X X 2 L3 L2 L1 1 3 2 4 5 7 3 6 8 10 9 11 7 10 12 10 11 10 132 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Cat. No. 16 A 6 contacts 227637 0 L1 L3 L2 PR ONE cam switches > DIMENSIONS PR One 16 A (ie) P 6 29 19.5 24.5 42 48 o 28.5 48 40 x 42 o 28.5 40 6 P 11 Dimensions in mm *P : 36 (1-2 contacts) 46 (3-4 contacts) 56 (5-6 contacts) PR One 25 A (ie) P 27.6 32.6 48 48 o 28.5 48 48 x 50 o 28.5 35 50 6 P 11 Dimensions in mm *P : 33 (1-2 contacts) 45 (3-4 contacts) 57 (5-6 contacts) PR One 32 A (ie) o 28.5 48 32.6 27.6 60 48 58 x 53 o 28.5 P 6 6 29 53 P Dimensions in mm *P : 36 (1-2 contacts) 51 (3-4 contacts) 66 (5-6 contacts) y PANEL CUT-OUT o 4.3 o 10 30 133 11 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > ON-OFF SWITCH No. of contacts 1 -2 3 -4 5 -6 7 -8 0 1 X X X X 1P 2P 3P 4P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 MINI CAM SWITCH - 10 A (AC21) o 16 and 22 single hole front mounting Cat. No. 30 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 1 contact 2P - 2 contacts 3P - 3 contacts 4P - 4 contacts 223501 223502 223503 223504 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Cat. No. 223501 30 27 x 28 Dimensions in mm P *P: 50 (1-2 contacts) 62 (3-4 contacts) 25 PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 1 contact 2P - 2 contacts 3P - 3 contacts 4P - 4 contacts NB02AQ1 Dimensions in mm *P: 36 (1-2 contacts) 46 (3-4 contacts) 0 1 PR12 1101 A4 E Q48PN PR12 1102 A4 E Q48PN PR12 1103 A4 E Q48PN PR12 1104 A4 E Q48PN NB01AQ1 NB02AQ1 NB03AQ1 NB04AQ1 PR12 1101 A8 E Q48PN PR12 1102 A8 E Q48PN PR12 1103 A8 E Q48PN NB01EQ1 NB02EQ1 NB03EQ1 22 48 40 x 42 O28 1P - 1 contact 2P - 2 contacts 3P - 3 contacts Designation P 6 26 *P = Depth Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 134 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > ON-OFF SWITCH (continued) PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) Cat. No. o 22 single hole front mounting Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 1 contact 2P - 2 contacts 3P - 3 contacts 4P - 4 contacts NB03EX80 Dimensions in mm *P: 51 (1-2 contacts) 61 (3-4 contacts) 0 1 PR12 1101 A4 E N48MD50 PR12 1102 A4 E N48MD50 PR12 1103 A4 E N48MD50 PR12 1104 A4 E N48MD50 NB01AX80 NB02AX80 NB03AX80 NB04AX80 PR12 1101 A8 E N48MD50 PR12 1102 A8 E N48MD50 PR12 1103 A8 E N48MD50 NB01EX80 NB02EX80 NB03EX80 22 48 40 x 42 O28 1P - 1 contact 2P - 2 contacts 3P - 3 contacts Designation P 6 26 PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) Selector switch style handle Matt chrome plastic bezel 1P - 1 contact 2P - 2 contacts 3P - 3 contacts 4P - 4 contacts NB03AC113 40 x 42 O30 P Cat. No. o 22 single hole front mounting Designation PR12 1101 A4 E C21RA03 PR12 1102 A4 E C21RA03 PR12 1103 A4 E C21RA03 PR12 1104 A4 E C21RA03 Dimensions in mm *P: 51 (1-2 contacts) 61 (3-4 contacts) 26 *P = Depth Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 135 NB01AC113 NB02AC113 NB03AC113 NB04AC113 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > ON-OFF SWITCH (continued) PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) Enclosure Cat. No. Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate 1P - 1 contact 2P - 2 contacts 3P - 3 contacts 4P - 4 contacts NB02AGQ PR12 1101 A4 BPRQ48PN PR12 1102 A4 BPRQ48PN PR12 1103 A4 BPRQ48PN PR12 1104 A4 BPRQ48PN NB01AGQ NB02AGQ NB03AHQ NB04AHQ Dimensions in mm *P: 46 (1-2 contacts) 58 (3-4 contacts) 22 76 O28 Designation P 26 PR 17 -20 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 1 contact 2P - 2 contacts 3P - 3 contacts 4P - 4 contacts SB04AQ1 *P: 33 (1-2 contacts) 45 (3-4 contacts) 3P - 3 contacts 4P - 4 contacts 0 1 Designation PR17 1101 A4 E Q48PN PR17 1102 A4 E Q48PN PR17 1103 A4 E Q48PN PR17 1104 A4 E Q48PN SB01AQ1 SB02AQ1 SB03AQ1 SB04AQ1 PR17 1103 A8 E Q48PN PR17 1104 A8 E Q48PN SB03EQ1 SB04EQ1 22 48 x 50 O28 Dimensions in mm P 32 *P = Depth Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 136 Cat. No. Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > ON-OFF SWITCH (continued) PR 17 -20 A (AC21) Cat. No. Enclosure 22 120 x 96 O28 77 26 SB02AXQ PR 21 -25 A (AC21) Designation Black small handle 64 aluminium plate 1P - 1 contact 2P - 2 contacts 3P - 3 contacts 4P - 4 contacts PR17 1101 A4 BCQ3 PR17 1102 A4 BCQ3 PR17 1103 A4 BCQ3 PR17 1104 A4 BCQ3 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 1 contact 2P - 2 contacts 3P - 3 contacts 4P - 4 contacts TB01AQ1 Dimensions in mm P 1 Designation PR21 1101 A4 E Q48PN PR21 1102 A4 E Q48PN PR21 1103 A4 E Q48PN PR21 1104 A4 E Q48PN TB01AQ1 TB02AQ1 TB03AQ1 TB04AQ1 PR21 1103 A8 E Q48PN TB03EQ1 *P: 33 (1-2 contacts) 45 (3-4 contacts) 32 PR 21 -25 A (AC21) Cat. No. Enclosure 22 120 x 96 O28 77 TB01AXQ 0 Cat. No. 22 48 x 50 O28 3P - 3 contacts SB01AXQ SB02AXQ SB03AXQ SB04AXQ 26 Black small handle 64 aluminium plate 1P - 1 contact 2P - 2 contacts 3P - 3 contacts 4P - 4 contacts Designation PR21 1101 A4 BCQ3 PR21 1102 A4 BQ3 PR21 1103 A4 BCQ3 PR21 1104 A4 BCQ3 *P = Depth Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 137 TB01AXQ TB02AXQ TB03AXQ TB04AXQ Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > ON-OFF SWITCH (continued) PR 26 -32 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 1 contact 2P - 2 contacts 3P - 3 contacts 4P - 4 contacts ZB04AQ7 Dimensions in mm O28 0 1 Designation PR26 1101 A4 E Q72MN PR26 1102 A4 E Q72MN PR26 1103 A4 E Q72MN PR26 1104 A4 E Q72MN ZB01AQ7 ZB02AQ7 ZB03AQ7 ZB04AQ7 PR26 1103 A8 E Q72MN ZB03EQ7 *P: 36 (1-2 contacts) 51 (3-4 contacts) 30 72 58 x 53 3P -3 contacts Cat. No. 6 P 31 PR 26 -32 A (AC21) Enclosure 22 120 x 96 O28 77 26 ZB02AXQ PR 40 -50 A (AC21) Black small handle 72 aluminium plate 1P - 1 contact 2P - 2 contacts 3P - 3 contacts 4P - 4 contacts Cat. No. Designation PR26 1101 A4 BCQ3 PR26 1102 A4 BCQ3 PR26 1103 A4 BCQ3 PR26 1104 A4 BCQ3 2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 1 contact 2P - 2 contacts 3P - 3 contacts 4P - 4 contacts HB03AQ7 PR40 1101 A4 E Q72MN PR40 1102 A4 E Q72MN PR40 1103 A4 E Q72MN PR40 1104 A4 E Q72MN *P: 60 (1-2 contacts) 80 (3-4 contacts) 30 72 O80 P 6 31 *P = Depth Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 138 Cat. No. Designation Dimensions in mm O28 ZB01AXQ ZB02AXQ ZB03AXQ ZB04AXQ HB01AQ7 HB02AQ7 HB03AQ7 HB04AQ7 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > ON-OFF SWITCH (continued) PR 40 -50 A (AC21) Enclosure 30 72 135 x 170 O28 107 Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 1 contact 2P - 2 contacts 3P - 3 contacts 4P - 4 contacts 6 31 HB02AAQ PR 63 -63 A (AC21) Cat. No. Designation PR40 1101 A4 BCFQ72MN PR40 1102 A4 BCFQ72MN PR40 1103 A4 BCFQ72MN PR40 1104 A4 BCFQ72MN 2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 1 contact 2P - 2 contacts 3P - 3 contacts 4P - 4 contacts IB03AQ7 HB01AAQ HB02AAQ HB03ABQ HB04ABQ Cat. No. Designation PR63 1101 A4 E Q72MN PR63 1102 A4 E Q72MN PR63 1103 A4 E Q72MN PR63 1104 A4 E Q72MN IB01AQ7 IB02AQ7 IB03AQ7 IB04AQ7 Dimensions in mm *P: 60 (1-2 contacts) 80 (3-4 contacts) 30 72 O80 O28 P 6 31 PR 63 -63 A (AC21) 30 72 135 x 170 O28 107 IB02AAQ *P = Depth Cat. No. Enclosure 6 31 Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 1 contact 2P - 2 contacts 3P - 3 contacts 4P - 4 contacts Designation PR63 1101 A4 BCF140Q72MN PR63 1102 A4 BCF140Q72MN PR63 1103 A4 BCF240Q72MN PR63 1104 A4 BCF240Q72MN Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 139 IB01AAQ IB02AAQ IB03ABQ IB04ABQ Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > ON-OFF SWITCH (continued) PR 125 -160 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm Grey/black large handle 96 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 1 contact 2P - 2 contacts 3P - 3 contacts 4P - 4 contacts LB02AQ9 Cat. No. Designation PR125 1101 A4 E Q96GN PR125 1102 A4 E Q96GN PR125 1103 A4 E Q96GN PR125 1104 A4 E Q96GN LB01AQ9 LB02AQ9 LB03AQ9 LB04AQ9 Dimensions in mm O80 *P: 80 (1-2 contacts) 120 (3-4 contacts) 34 96 120 x 70 82 O42 P 6 31 PR 160 -200 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm Grey/black large handle 96 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 1 contact 2P - 2 contacts 3P - 3 contacts 4P - 4 contacts MB02AQ9 Dimensions in mm O80 *P: 80 (1-2 contacts) 120 (3-4 contacts) 34 96 120 x 70 82 O42 P 6 31 *P = Depth 140 Cat. No. Designation PR160 1101 A4 E Q96GN PR160 1102 A4 E Q96GN PR160 1103 A4 E Q96GN PR160 1104 A4 E Q96GN MB01AQ9 MB02AQ9 MB03AQ9 MB04AQ9 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > MAIN SWITCH No. of contacts 1 -2 3 -4 5 -6 7 -8 0 1 X X X X 3P 4P PR 125 - 160 A (AC21) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm Red padlockable handle for up to 4 padlocks 72 yellow frame Cat. No. Designation With engraving MAIN SWITCH 3P+ T - 3 contacts 3P+N - 4 contacts PR125 1103GN E J723MND61 PR125 1104GN E J723MND61 LS3EV733 LS4EV733 PR125 1103GN E J72MND61 PR125 1104GN E J72MND61 LS3EV72 LS4EV72 Without engraving LS3EV733 120 3P+ T - 3 contacts 3P+N - 4 contacts 120 37 PR 125 - 160 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm Grey padlockable handle for up to 4 padlocks 72 grey frame Cat. No. Designation With engraving MAIN SWITCH 3P+ T - 3 contacts 3P+N - 4 contacts LG3EV733 LG4EV733 PR125 1103GN E V72MND PR125 1104GN E V72MND LG3EV72 LG4EV72 Without engraving LG3EV733 3P+ T - 3 contacts 3P+N - 4 contacts 120 175 PR125 1103GN E V723MND PR125 1104GN E V723MND 37 141 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > MAIN SWITCH (continued) PR 125 - 160 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm Red padlockable handle for up to 4 padlocks 96 yellow frame Cat. No. Designation With engraving MAIN SWITCH 3P+ T - 3 contacts 3P+N - 4 contacts PR125 1103GN E J963GND61 PR125 1104GN E J963GND61 LS3EV973 LS4EV973 120 LS3EV973 120 43 PR 125 - 160 A (AC21) Rear mounting with clutch drive and door interlock Red padlockable handle for up to 4 padlocks 72 yellow frame Clutch drive and door interlock Cat. No. Designation With engraving MAIN SWITCH 3P+ T - 3 contacts 3P+N - 4 contacts LS3RV733 PR125 1103GN SV6 J723MND61 PR125 1104GN SV6 J723MND61 LS3RV733 LS4RV733 PR125 1103GN SV6 J72MND61 PR125 1104GN SV6 J72MND61 LS3RV72 LS4RV72 Without engraving 120 3P+ T - 3 contacts 3P+N - 4 contacts 175 37 142 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > MAIN SWITCH (continued) PR 125 - 160 A (AC21) Rear mounting with clutch drive and door interlock Grey padlockable handle for up to 4 padlocks 72 grey frame Cat. No. Designation With engraving MAIN SWITCH 3P+ T - 3 contacts 3P+N - 4 contacts PR125 1103GN SV6 V723MND PR125 1104GN SV6 V723MND LG3RV733 LG4RV733 PR125 1103GN SV6 V72MND PR125 1104GN SV6 V72MND LG3RV72 LG4RV72 Without engraving LG3RV733 120 3P+ T - 3 contacts 3P+N - 4 contacts 175 37 PR 125 - 160 A (AC21) Rear mounting with clutch drive and door interlock Red padlockable handle for up to 4 padlocks 96 yellow frame Cat. No. Designation With engraving MAIN SWITCH 3P+ T - 3 contacts 3P+N - 4 contacts 120 LS3RV973 175 43 143 PR125 1103GN SV6 J963GND61 PR125 1104GN SV6 J963GND61 LS3RV973 LS4RV973 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > MAIN SWITCH (continued) PR 160 -200 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm Red padlockable handle for up to 4 padlocks 72 yellow frame Cat. No. Designation With engraving MAIN SWITCH 3P+ T - 3 contacts 3P+N - 4 contacts PR160 1103GN E J723MND61 PR160 1104GN E J723MND61 MS3EV733 MS4EV733 PR160 1103GN E J72MND61 PR160 1104GN E J72MND61 MS3EV72 MS4EV72 Without engraving MS3EV733 120 3P+ T - 3 contacts 3P+N - 4 contacts 120 37 PR 160 -200 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm Grey padlockable handle for up to 4 padlocks 72 grey frame Cat. No. Designation With engraving MAIN SWITCH 3P+ T - 3 contacts 3P+N - 4 contacts MG3EV733 MG4EV733 PR160 1103GN E V72MND PR160 1104GN E V72MND MG3EV72 MG4EV72 Without engraving MG3EV733 3P+ T - 3 contacts 3P+N - 4 contacts 120 120 PR160 1103GN E V723MND PR160 1104GN E V723MND 37 144 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > MAIN SWITCH (continued) PR 160 -200 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm Red padlockable handle for up to 4 padlocks 96 yellow frame Cat. No. Designation With engraving MAIN SWITCH 3P+ T - 3 contacts 3P+N - 4 contacts PR160 1103GN E J963GND61 PR160 1104GN E J963GND61 MS3EV973 MS4EV973 120 MS4EV973 120 43 PR 160 -200 A (AC21) Rear mounting with clutch drive and door interlock Red padlockable handle for up to 4 padlocks 72 yellow frame Clutch drive and door interlock Cat. No. Designation With engraving MAIN SWITCH 3P+ T - 3 contacts 3P+N - 4 contacts MS3RV733 PR160 1103GN SV6 J723MND61 PR160 1104GN SV6 J723MND61 MS3RV733 MS4RV733 PR160 1103GN SV6 J72MND61 PR160 1104GN SV6 J72MND61 MS3RV72 MS4RV72 Without engraving 120 3P+ T - 3 contacts 3P+N - 4 contacts 175 37 145 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > MAIN SWITCH (continued) PR 160 -200 A (AC21) Rear mounting with clutch drive and door interlock Grey padlockable handle for up to 4 padlocks 72 grey frame Cat. No. Designation With engraving MAIN SWITCH 3P+ T - 3 contacts 3P+N - 4 contacts PR160 1103GN SV6 V723MND PR160 1104GN SV6 V723MND MG3RV733 MG4RV733 PR160 1103GN SV6 V72MND PR160 1104GN SV6 V72MND MG3RV72 MG4RV72 Without engraving MG4RV733 120 3P+ T - 3 contacts 3P+N - 4 contacts 175 37 PR 160 -200 A (AC21) Rear mounting with clutch drive and door interlock Red padlockable handle for up to 4 padlocks 96 yellow frame Cat. No. Designation With engraving MAIN SWITCH 3P+ T - 3 contacts 3P+N - 4 contacts 120 MS4RV973 175 43 146 PR160 1103GN SV6 V963GND61 PR160 1104GN SV6 V963GND61 MS3RV973 MS4RV973 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITH "OFF" POSITION No. contacts 1 1 -2 3 -4 X 9 -10 11 -12 X 5 -6 7-8 X 13 -14 15 -16 X 0 2 X 1P X 2P X X 3P 4P 1 3 2 5 4 7 6 9 8 11 10 13 12 15 14 16 MINI CAM SWITCH - 10 A (AC21) o 16 and o 22 mm single hole front mounting Cat. No. 30 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 4P - 8 contacts 223505 223506 223507 223508 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Cat. No. 223505 30 27 x 28 Dimensions in mm P *P: 50 (1-2 contacts) 62 (3-4 contacts) 74 (5-6 contacts) 96 (7-8 contacts) 25 PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 4P - 8 contacts NC02GQ1 Dimensions in mm 22 48 40 x 42 O28 P *P = Depth 6 *P: 36 (1-2 contacts) 46 (3-4 contacts) 56 (5-6 contacts) 66 (7-8 contacts) 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 0 1 2 Designation PR12 2201 C8 E Q48PN PR12 2202 C8 E Q48PN PR12 2203 C8 E Q48PN PR12 2204 C8 E Q48PN NC01GQ1 NC02GQ1 NC03GQ1 NC04GQ1 PR12 2201 C4 E Q48PN PR12 2202 C4 E Q48PN PR12 2203 C4 E Q48PN NC01CQ1 NC02CQ1 NC03CQ1 26 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 147 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITH "OFF" POSITION (continued) PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 4P - 8 contacts NC02GX80 22 48 40 x 42 PR12 2201 C8 E N48MD50 PR12 2202 C8 E N48MD50 PR12 2203 C8 E N48MD50 PR12 2204 C8 E N48MD50 NC01GX80 NC02GX80 NC03GX80 NC04GX80 *P: 51 (1-2 contacts) 61 (3-4 contacts) 71 (5-6 contacts) 81 (7-8 contacts) 6 26 PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) o 22 single hole front mounting Black handle Matt chrome plastic bezel 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 4P - 8 contacts NC02GC113 40 x 42 O30 P *P = Depth Designation Dimensions in mm O28 P Cat. No. o 22 single hole front mounting Cat. No. Designation PR12 2201 C8 E C21RA03 PR12 2202 C8 E C21RA03 PR12 2203 C8 E C21RA03 PR12 2204 C8 E C21RA03 Dimensions in mm *P: 51 (1-2 contacts) 61 (3-4 contacts) 71 (5-6 contacts) 81 (7-8 contacts) 26 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 148 NC01GC113 NC02GC113 NC03GC113 NC04GC113 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITH "OFF" POSITION (continued) PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) Enclosure Black small handle 64 aluminium plate 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 4P - 8 contacts NC01GXQ Cat. No. Designation PR12 2201 C8 BCQ3 PR12 2202 C8 BCQ3 PR12 2203 C8 BCQ3 PR12 2204 C8 BCQ3 NC01GXQ NC02GXQ NC03GXQ NC04GXQ Dimensions in mm *P: 77 (1 to 6 contacts) 101 (7-8 contacts) 22 120 x 96 O28 26 P PR 17 - 20 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 4P - 8 contacts SC04GQ1 22 48 x 50 O28 P *P = Depth Designation PR17 2201 C8 E Q48PN PR17 2202 C8 E Q48PN PR17 2203 C8 E Q48PN PR17 2204 C8 E Q48PN Dimensions in mm *P: 33 (1-2 contacts) 45 (3-4 contacts) 57 (5-6 contacts) 69 (7-8 contacts) 32 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 149 Cat. No. SC01GQ1 SC02GQ1 SC03GQ1 SC04GQ1 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITH "OFF" POSITION (continued) PR 17 - 20 A (AC21) Enclosure Black small handle 64 aluminium plate 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 4P - 8 contacts SC01GXQ Cat. No. Designation PR17 2201 C8 BCQ3 PR17 2202 C8 BCQ3 PR17 2203 C8 BCQ3 PR17 2201 C8 BCQ3 SC01GXQ SC02GXQ SC03GXQ SC04GXQ Dimensions in mm *P: 77 (1 to 6 contacts) 101 (7-8 contacts) 22 120 x 96 O28 P 26 PR 21 - 25 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 4P - 8 contacts TC02GQ1 22 48 x 50 O28 P *P = Depth Designation PR21 2201 C8 E Q48PN PR21 2202 C8 E Q48PN PR21 2203 C8 E Q48PN PR21 2204 C8 E Q48PN Dimensions in mm *P: 33 (1-2 contacts) 45 (3-4 contacts) 57 (5-6 contacts) 69 (7-8 contacts) 32 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 150 Cat. No. TC01GQ1 TC02GQ1 TC03GQ1 TC04GQ1 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITH "OFF" POSITION (continued) PR 21 - 25 A (AC21) Cat. No. Enclosure Black small handle 64 aluminium plate 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 4P - 8 contacts TC03GXQ Designation PR21 2201 C8 BCQ3 PR21 2202 C8 BCQ3 PR21 2203 C8 BCQ3 PR21 2204 C8 BCQ3 TC01GXQ TC02GXQ TC03GXQ TC04GXQ Dimensions in mm *P: 77 (1 to 6 contacts) 101 (7-8 contacts) 22 120 x 96 O28 26 P PR 26 - 32 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 4P - 8 contacts ZC02GQ7 30 72 58 x 53 P *P = Depth 6 Designation PR26 2201 C8 E Q72MN PR26 2202 C8 E Q72MN PR26 2203 C8 E Q72MN PR26 2204 C8 E Q72MN Dimensions in mm O28 *P: 36 (1-2 contacts) 51 (3-4 contacts) 66 (5-6 contacts) 81 (7-8 contacts) 31 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 151 Cat. No. ZC01GQ7 ZC02GQ7 ZC03GQ7 ZC04GQ7 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITH "OFF" POSITION (continued) PR 26 - 32 A (AC21) Cat. No. Enclosure Black small handle 64 aluminium plate 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 4P - 8 contacts ZC04GXQ Designation PR26 2201 C8 BCQ3 PR26 2202 C8 BCQ3 PR26 2203 C8 BCQ3 PR26 2204 C8 BCQ3 ZC01GXQ ZC02GXQ ZC03GXQ ZC04GXQ Dimensions in mm *P: 77 (1 to 6 contacts) 101 (7-8 contacts) 22 120 x 96 O28 26 P PR 40 - 50 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 4P - 8 contacts HC03GQ7 Designation PR40 2201 C8 E Q72MN PR40 2202 C8 E Q72MN PR40 2203 C8 E Q72MN PR40 2204 C8 E Q72MN Dimensions in mm 30 72 O80 O28 P *P = Depth 6 *P: 60 (1-2 contacts) 80 (3-4 contacts) 100 (5-6 contacts) 120 (7-8 contacts) 31 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 152 Cat. No. HC01GQ7 HC02GQ7 HC03GQ7 HC04GQ7 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITH "OFF" POSITION (continued) PR 40 - 50 A (AC21) Cat. No. Enclosure Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 4P - 8 contacts HC01GAQ PR40 2201 C8 BCFQ72MN PR40 2202 C8 BCFQ72MN PR40 2203 C8 BCFQ72MN PR40 2204 C8 BCFQ72MN *P: 107 (1 to 4 contacts) 145 (5 to 8 contacts) 72 30 6 31 P PR 63 - 63 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 4P - 8 contacts IC02GQ7 30 72 O80 P 6 PR63 2201 C8 E Q72MN PR63 2202 C8 E Q72MN PR63 2203 C8 E Q72MN PR63 2204 C8 E Q72MN *P: 60 (1-2 contacts) 80 (3-4 contacts) 100 (5-6 contacts) 120 (7-8 contacts) 31 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 153 Cat. No. Designation Dimensions in mm O28 *P = Depth HC01GAQ HC02GBQ HC03GCQ HC04GDQ Dimensions in mm O28 135 x 170 Designation IC01GQ7 IC02GQ7 IC03GQ7 IC04GQ7 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITH "OFF" POSITION (continued) PR 63 - 63 A (AC21) Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 4P - 8 contacts IC02GBQ PR63 2201 C8 BCFQ72MN PR63 2202 C8 BCFQ72MN PR63 2203 C8 BCFQ72MN PR63 2204 C8 BCFQ72MN IC01GAQ IC02GBQ IC03GCQ IC04GDQ *P: 107 (1 to 4 contacts) 145 (5 to 8 contacts) 30 72 135 x 170 Designation Dimensions in mm O28 6 31 P PR 125 - 160 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm Grey/black large handle 96 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 4P - 8 contacts LC02GQ9 34 96 120 x 70 82 O42 P 6 PR125 2201 C8 E Q96GN PR125 2202 C8 E Q96GN PR125 2203 C8 E Q96GN PR125 2204 C8 E Q96GN *P: 80 (1-2 contacts) 120 (3-4 contacts) 160 (5-6 contacts) 200 (7-8 contacts) 31 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 154 Cat. No. Designation Dimensions in mm O80 *P = Depth Cat. No. Enclosure LC01GQ9 LC02GQ9 LC03GQ9 LC04GQ9 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITH "OFF" POSITION (continued) PR 160 - 200 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm Grey/black large handle 96 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 4P - 8 contacts MC02GQ9 34 96 120 x 70 82 O42 6 Designation PR160 2201 C8 E Q96GN PR160 2202 C8 E Q96GN PR160 2203 C8 E Q96GN PR160 2204 C8 E Q96GN MC01GQ9 MC02GQ9 MC03GQ9 MC04GQ9 Dimensions in mm O80 P Cat. No. *P: 80 (1-2 contacts) 120 (3-4 contacts) 160 (5-6 contacts) 200 (7-8 contacts) 31 PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) 45 x 70 Modular in panel DIN rail mounting Small grey handle 2P - 4 contacts 44 70 max NDF15 *P = Depth 155 Cat. No. Designation PR12 2202 C8 DF NDF15 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITHOUT "OFF" POSITION No. of contacts 1-2 3 - 4 5-6 7 - 8 9 - 10 11 -12 13 - 14 1 2 X 1P X X 2P X X 3P X X 4P 1 3 2 5 4 7 6 9 8 11 10 13 12 15 14 16 MINI CAM SWITCH - 10 A (AC21) o 16 and o 22 mm single hole front mounting Cat. No. 30 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 4P - 8 contacts 1 223511 223512 223513 223514 2 223511 30 27 x 28 Dimensions in mm P *P: 50 (1-2 contacts) 62 (3-4 contacts) 74 (5-6 contacts) 86 (7-8 contacts) 25 PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 4P - 8 contacts NC53DQ1 22 48 40 x 42 *P = Depth 6 2 Designation PR12 2251 D4 E Q48PN PR12 2252 D4 E Q48PN PR12 2253 D4 E Q48PN PR12 2254 D4 E Q48PN Dimensions in mm O28 P 1 *P: 36 (1-2 contacts) 46 (3-4 contacts) 56 (5-6 contacts) 66 (7-8 contacts) 26 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 156 Cat. No. NC51DQ1 NC52DQ1 NC53DQ1 NC54DQ1 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITHOUT "OFF" POSITION (continued) PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 4P - 8 contacts NC53DX80 22 48 40 x 42 1 2 PR12 2251 D4 E N48MD50 PR12 2252 D4 E N48MD50 PR12 2253 D4 E N48MD50 PR12 2254 D4 E N48MD50 NC51DX80 NC52DX80 NC53DX80 NC54DX80 *P: 51 (1-2 contacts) 61 (3-4 contacts) 71 (5-6 contacts) 81 (7-8 contacts) 6 26 PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 4P - 8 contacts NC52DC113 40 x 42 O30 P Cat. No. o 22 single hole front mounting Black handle Matt chrome plastic bezel *P = Depth Designation Dimensions in mm O28 P Cat. No. o 22 single hole front mounting 1 2 Designation PR12 2251 D4 E C21RA03 PR12 2252 D4 E C21RA03 PR12 2253 D4 E C21RA03 PR12 2254 D4 E C21RA03 Dimensions in mm *P: 51 (1-2 contacts) 61 (3-4 contacts) 71 (5-6 contacts) 81 (7-8 contacts) 26 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 157 NC51DC113 NC52DC113 NC53DC113 NC54DC113 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITHOUT "OFF" POSITION (continued) PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) Cat. No. Enclosure Designation Black small handle 64 aluminium plate 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 4P - 8 contacts NC51DXQ 1 2 PR12 2251 D4 BCQ3 PR12 2252 D4 BCQ3 PR12 2253 D4 BCQ3 PR12 2254 D4 BCQ3 NC51DXQ NC52DXQ NC53DXQ NC54DXQ Dimensions in mm *P: 77 (1 to 6 contacts) 101 (7 to 8 contacts) 22 120 x 96 O28 26 P PR 17 - 20 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 4P - 8 contacts SC52DQ1 22 48 x 50 O28 P Dimensions in mm *P: 33 (1-2 contacts) 45 (3-4 contacts) 57 (5-6 contacts) 69 (7-8 contacts) 32 *P = Depth 158 1 2 Cat. No. Designation PR17 2251 D4 E Q48PN PR17 2252 D4 E Q48PN PR17 2253 D4 E Q48PN PR17 2254 D4 E Q48PN SC51DQ1 SC52DQ1 SC53DQ1 SC54DQ1 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITHOUT "OFF" POSITION (continued) PR 17 - 20 A (AC21) Cat. No. Enclosure Designation Black small handle 64 aluminium plate 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 4P - 8 contacts SC51DXQ 1 2 PR17 2251 D4 BCQ3 PR17 2252 D4 BCQ3 PR17 2253 D4 BCQ3 PR17 2254 D4 BCQ3 SC51DXQ SC52DXQ SC53DXQ SC54DXQ Dimensions in mm *P: 77 (1 to 6 contacts) 101 (7 to 8 contacts) 22 120 x 96 O28 P 26 PR 21 - 25 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 4P - 8 contacts TC51DQ1 22 48 x 50 O28 P *P = Depth 1 2 Designation PR21 2251 D4 E Q48PN PR21 2252 D4 E Q48PN PR21 2253 D4 E Q48PN PR21 2254 D4 E Q48PN Dimensions in mm *P: 33 (1-2 contacts) 45 (3-4 contacts) 57 (5-6 contacts) 69 (7-8 contacts) 32 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 159 Cat. No. TC51DQ1 TC52DQ1 TC53DQ1 TC54DQ1 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITHOUT "OFF" POSITION (continued) PR 21 - 25 A (AC21) Enclosure Cat. No. Designation Black small handle 64 aluminium plate 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 4P - 8 contacts TC53DXQ 1 2 PR21 2251 D4 BCQ3 PR21 2252 D4 BCQ3 PR21 2253 D4 BCQ3 PR21 2254 D4 BCQ3 TC51DXQ TC52DXQ TC53DXQ TC54DXQ Dimensions in mm *P: 77 (1 to 6 contacts) 101 (7 to 8 contacts) 22 120 x 96 O28 26 P PR 26 - 32 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 4P - 8 contacts ZC52DQ7 30 72 58 x 53 *P = Depth 6 2 Designation PR26 2251 D4 E Q72MN PR26 2252 D4 E Q72MN PR26 2253 D4 E Q72MN PR26 2254 D4 E Q72MN Dimensions in mm O28 P 1 *P: 36 (1-2 contacts) 51 (3-4 contacts) 66 (5-6 contacts) 81 (7-8 contacts) 31 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 160 Cat. No. ZC51DQ7 ZC52DQ7 ZC53DQ7 ZC54DQ7 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITHOUT "OFF" POSITION (continued) PR 26 - 32 A (AC21) Enclosure Cat. No. Designation Black small handle 64 aluminium plate 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 4P - 8 contacts ZC51DXQ 1 2 PR26 2251 D4 BCQ3 PR26 2252 D4 BCQ3 PR26 2253 D4 BCQ3 PR26 2254 D4 BCQ3 ZC51DXQ ZC52DXQ ZC53DXQ ZC54DXQ Dimensions in mm *P: 77 (1 to 4 contacts) 101 (5 to 8 contacts) 22 120 x 96 O28 26 P PR 40 - 50 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 4P - 8 contacts HC52DQ7 Dimensions in mm *P: 60 (1-2 contacts) 30 72 O80 O28 P 6 80 (3-4 contacts) 100 (5-6 contacts) 120 (7-8 contacts) 31 *P = Depth 161 1 2 Cat. No. Designation PR40 2251 D4 E Q72MN PR40 2252 D4 E Q72MN PR40 2253 D4 E Q72MN PR40 2254 D4 E Q72MN HC51DQ7 HC52DQ7 HC53DQ7 HC54DQ7 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITHOUT "OFF" POSITION (continued) PR 40 - 50 A (AC21) Enclosure Cat. No. Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 4P - 8 contacts HC52DBQ 2 PR40 2251 D4 BCF Q72MN PR40 2252 D4 BCF Q72MN PR40 2253 D4 BCF Q72MN PR40 2254 D4 BCF Q72MN HC51DAQ HC52DBQ HC53DCQ HC54DDQ Dimensions in mm *P: 107 (1 to 4 contacts) 145 (5 a 8 contacts) O28 30 72 135 x 170 1 Designation 6 31 P PR 63 - 63 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 4P - 8 contacts IC51DQ7 Dimensions in mm 30 72 O80 O28 P 6 *P: 60 (1-2 contacts) 80 (3-4 contacts) 100 (5-6 contacts) 120 (7-8 contacts) 31 *P = Depth 162 1 2 Cat. No. Designation PR63 2251 D4 E Q72MN PR63 2252 D4 E Q72MN PR63 2253 D4 E Q72MN PR63 2254 D4 E Q72MN IC51DQ7 IC52DQ7 IC53DQ7 IC54DQ7 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITHOUT "OFF" POSITION (continued) PR 63 - 63 A (AC21) Cat. No. Enclosure Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 4P - 8 contacts IC52DBQ 2 PR63 2251 D4 BCF Q72MN PR63 2252 D4 BCF Q72MN PR63 2253 D4 BCF Q72MN PR63 2254 D4 BCF Q72MN IC51DAQ IC52DBQ IC53DCQ IC54DDQ Dimensions in mm O28 *P: 107 (1 to 4 contacts) 145 (5 a 8 contacts) 30 72 135 x 170 1 Designation 6 31 P PR 125 - 160 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm Grey/black large handle 96 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 4P - 8 contacts LC52DQ9 Dimensions in mm O80 34 96 120 x 70 82 O42 P 6 *P: 80 (1-2 contacts) 120 (3-4 contacts) 160 (5-6 contacts) 200 (7-8 contacts) 31 *P = Depth 163 1 2 Cat. No. Designation PR125 2251 D4 E Q96GN PR125 2252 D4 E Q96GN PR125 2253 D4 E Q96GN PR125 2254 D4 E Q96GN LC51DQ9 LC52DQ9 LC53DQ9 LC54DQ9 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITHOUT "OFF" POSITION (continued) PR 160 - 200 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm Grey/black large handle 96 aluminium plate and frame 1P - 2 contacts 2P - 4 contacts 3P - 6 contacts 4P - 8 contacts MC52DQ9 Dimensions in mm O80 34 96 120 x 70 82 O42 P 6 *P: 80 (1-2 contacts) 120 (3-4 contacts) 160 (5-6 contacts) 200 (7-8 contacts) 31 *P = Depth 164 1 2 Cat. No. Designation PR160 2251 D4 E Q96GN PR160 2252 D4 E Q96GN PR160 2253 D4 E Q96GN PR160 2254 D4 E Q96GN MC51DQ9 MC52DQ9 MC53DQ9 MC54DQ9 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > 3 PHASE MOTOR SWITCH, FORWARD/REVERSE, 1 SPEED L1 1 No. of contacts REV 1 -2 3 -4 5 -6 1 3 X 2 4 X 5 7 6 8 7 -8 X X L3 9 2 0 FWD X 9 -10 L2 5 X W2 W1 V2 10 U1 U2 V1 4 9 10 PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame P= 4 kW in 400 V 5 contacts AR 0 AV Cat. No. Designation PR12 9151 C8 E Q48PN NZ11GQ1 NZ11GQ1 22 48 40 x 42 O28 56 6 26 PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) Cat. No. Enclosure Black small handle 64 aluminium plate P= 4 kW in 400 V 5 contacts AR 0 AV Designation PR12 9151 C8 BCQ3 NZ11GXQ 22 120 x 96 O28 77 26 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 165 NZ11GXQ Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > 3 PHASE MOTOR SWITCH, FORWARD/REVERSE, 1 SPEED (continued) PR 17 - 20 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame P= 7.5 kW in 400 V 5 contacts AR 0 AV Cat. No. Designation PR17 9151 C8 E Q48PN SZ11GQ1 SZ11GQ1 22 48 x 50 O28 P 32 PR 17 - 20 A (AC21) Enclosure Cat. No. Black small handle 64 aluminium plate P= 7.5 kW in 400 V 5 contacts AR 0 AV Designation PR17 9151 C8 BCQ3 SZ11GXQ 22 120 x 96 O28 77 26 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 166 SZ11GXQ Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > 3 PHASE MOTOR SWITCH, FORWARD/REVERSE, 1 SPEED (continued) PR 21 - 25 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame P= 7.5 kW in 400 V 5 contacts AR 0 AV Cat. No. Designation PR21 9151 C8 E Q48PN TZ11GQ1 TZ11GQ1 22 48 x 50 O28 P 32 PR 21 - 25 A (AC21) Enclosure Cat. No. Black small handle 64 aluminium plate P= 7.5 kW in 400 V 5 contacts TZ11GXQ 22 120 x 96 O28 77 26 167 AR 0 AV Designation PR21 9151 C8 BCQ3 TZ11GXQ Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > 3 PHASE MOTOR SWITCH, FORWARD/REVERSE, 1 SPEED (continued) PR 26 - 32 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame P= 11 kW in 400 V 5 contacts AR 0 AV Cat. No. Designation PR26 9151 C8 E Q72MN ZZ11GQ7 ZZ11GQ7 30 72 58 x 53 O28 6 66 31 PR 26 - 32 A (AC21) Cat. No. Enclosure Black small handle 64 aluminium plate P= 11 kW in 400 V 5 contacts ZZ11GXQ 22 120 x 96 O28 101 26 168 AR 0 AV Designation PR26 9151 C8 BCQ3 ZZ11GXQ Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > 3 PHASE MOTOR SWITCH, FORWARD/REVERSE, 1 SPEED (continued) PR 40 - 50 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame P= 18.5 kW in 400 V 5 contacts AR 0 AV Cat. No. Designation PR40 9151 C8 E Q72MN HZ11GQ7 HZ11GQ7 30 72 O80 O28 100 6 31 PR 40 - 50 A (AC21) Cat. No. Enclosure Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame P= 18.5 kW in 400 V 5 contacts HZ11GCQ 30 72 135 x 170 O28 145 6 31 169 AR 0 AV Designation PR40 9151 C8 BCF Q72MN HZ11GCQ Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > 3 PHASE MOTOR SWITCH, FORWARD/REVERSE, 1 SPEED (continued) PR 63 - 63 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame P= 22 kW in 400 V 5 contacts AR 0 AV Cat. No. Designation PR63 9151 C8 E Q72MN IZ11GQ7 IZ11GQ7 30 72 O80 O28 100 6 31 PR 63 - 63 A (AC21) Cat. No. Enclosure Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame P= 22 kW in 400 V 5 contacts IZ11GXQ 30 72 135 x 170 O28 145 6 31 170 AR 0 AV Designation PR63 9151 C8 BCF Q72MN IZ11GXQ Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > 1 SPEED STARTER, FORWARD/REVERSE - 3 PHASE MOTOR No. of contacts 1-2 i REV 3-4 X X 5-6 X X Y L1 1 FWD Y i 0 X 7-8 9 X X 1 3 2 4 5 7 X 6 8 9 - 10 X X 9 11 11 - 12 X X 10 12 13 15 14 16 13 - 14 15 - 16 17 - 18 X 19 - 20 X X X X X X X X X PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) 17 19 18 20 Z L2 5 L3 20 2 U W X Y 19 16 V 4 15 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame P= 4 kW in 400 V 10 contacts NZ13GQ1 22 48 42 x 40 O28 76 6 26 171 Y 0 Y Cat. No. Designation PR12 9153 C8 E Q48PN NZ13GQ1 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > 1 SPEED STARTER, FORWARD/REVERSE - 3 PHASE MOTOR (continued) PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) Cat. No. Enclosure Designation Black small handle 64 aluminium plate P= 4 kW in 400 V 10 contacts Y 0 Y PR12 9153 C8 BCQ3 NZ13GXQ NZ13GXQ 22 120 x 96 O28 101 26 PR 17 -20 A (AC21) 2-crew panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame P= 7.5 kW in 400 V 10 contacts SZ13GQ1 22 48 x 50 O28 81 32 172 Y 0 Y Cat. No. Designation PR17 9153 C8 E Q48PN SZ13GQ1 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > 1 SPEED STARTER, FORWARD/REVERSE - 3 PHASE MOTOR (continued) PR 17 - 20 A (AC21) Cat. No. Enclosure Designation Black small handle 64 aluminium plate P= 7.5 kW in 400 V 10 contacts Y 0 Y PR17 9153 C8 BCQ3 SZ13GXQ SZ13GXQ 22 120 x 96 O28 101 26 PR 21 - 25 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame P= 7.5 kW in 400 V 10 contacts TZ13GQ1 22 48 x 50 O28 81 32 173 Y 0 Y Cat. No. Designation PR21 9153 C8 E Q48PN TZ13GQ1 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > 1 SPEED STARTER, FORWARD/REVERSE - 3 PHASE MOTOR (continued) PR 21 - 25 A (AC21) Cat. No. Enclosure Designation Black small handle 64 aluminium plate P= 7.5 kW in 400 V 10 contacts Y 0 Y PR21 9153 C8 BCQ3 TZ13GXQ TZ13GXQ 22 120 x 96 O28 26 101 PR 26 - 32 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame P= 11 kW in 400 V 10 contacts ZZ13GQ7 30 72 58 x 53 O28 96 6 31 174 Y 0 Y Cat. No. Designation PR26 9153 C8 E Q72MN ZZ13GQ7 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > 1 SPEED STARTER, FORWARD/REVERSE - 3 PHASE MOTOR (continued) PR 40 - 50 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame P= 18.5 kW in 400 V 10 contacts Y 0 Y Cat. No. Designation PR40 9153 C8 E Q72MN HZ13GQ7 HZ13GQ7 30 72 O80 O28 140 6 31 PR 63 - 63 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame P= 22 kW in 400 V 10 contacts IZ13GQ7 30 72 O80 O28 140 6 31 175 Y 0 Y Cat. No. Designation PR63 9153 C8 E Q72MN IZ13GQ7 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > 1 SPEED STARTER, 1 WAY - 3 PHASE MOTOR No. of contacts 1-2 0 Y X 3-4 L1 1 i X 1 3 X 2 4 5 7 5-6 X X 7-8 X X 9 - 10 X 11 - 12 6 8 9 11 X 10 12 13 - 14 X X 15 - 16 X X 13 15 14 16 PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) 4 W2 L2 12 L3 13 2 U1 W1 U2 V2 14 6 V1 15 11 2- screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame P= 4 kW in 400 V 8 contacts Y 0 Cat. No. Designation PR12 9551 B4 E Q48PN NZ51BQ1 NZ51BQ1 22 48 40 x 42 O28 66 6 26 PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) Cat. No. Enclosure Designation Black small handle 64 aluminium plate P= 4 kW in 400 V 8 contacts NZ51BXQ 22 120 x 96 O28 101 26 176 Y 0 PR12 9551 B4 BCQ3 NZ51BXQ Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > 1 SPEED STARTER, 1 WAY - 3 PHASE MOTOR (continued) PR 17 - 20 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame P= 7.5 kW in 400 V 8 contacts Y 0 Cat. No. Designation PR17 9551 B4 E Q48PN SZ51BQ1 SZ51BQ1 22 48 x 50 O28 69 32 PR 17 - 20 A (AC21) Enclosure Cat. No. Designation Black small handle 64 aluminium plate P= 7.5 kW in 400 V 8 contacts SZ51BXQ 22 120 x 96 O28 101 26 177 Y 0 PR17 9551 B4 BCQ3 SZ51BXQ Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > 1 SPEED STARTER, 1 WAY - 3 PHASE MOTOR (continued) PR 21 - 25 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame P= 7.5 kW in 400 V 8 contacts Y 0 Cat. No. Designation PR21 9551 B4 E Q48PN TZ51BQ1 TZ51BQ1 22 48 x 50 O28 69 32 PR 21 - 25 A (AC21) Cat. No. Enclosure Designation Black small handle 64 aluminium plate P= 7.5 kW in 400 V 8 contacts TZ51BXQ 22 120 x 96 O28 101 26 178 Y 0 PR21 9551 B4 BCQ3 TZ51BXQ Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > 1 SPEED STARTER, 1 WAY - 3 PHASE MOTOR (continued) PR 26 - 32 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame P= 11 kW in 400 V Cat. No. Designation Y 8 contacts 0 PR26 9551 B4 E Q72MN ZZ51BQ7 ZZ51BQ7 30 72 58 x 53 O28 6 81 31 PR 26 - 32 A (AC21) Cat. No. Enclosure Designation Black small handle 64 aluminium plate P= 11 kW in 400 V 8 contacts ZZ51BXQ 22 120 x 96 O28 101 26 179 Y 0 PR26 9551 B4 BCQ3 ZZ51BXQ Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > 1 SPEED STARTER, 1 WAY - 3 PHASE MOTOR (continued) PR 40 - 50 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame P= 18.5 kW in 400 V 8 contacts Y 0 Cat. No. Designation PR40 9551 B4 E Q72MN HZ51BQ7 HZ51BQ7 30 O80 72 O28 120 31 6 PR 40 - 50 A (AC21) Enclosure Cat. No. Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame P= 18.5 kW in 400 V 8 contacts HZ51BDQ 30 72 135 x 170 O28 145 6 31 180 Y 0 Designation PR40 9551 B4 BCF Q72MN HZ51BDQ Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > 1 SPEED STARTER, 1 WAY - 3 PHASE MOTOR (continued) PR 63 - 63 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame P= 22 kW in 400 V 8 contacts Y 0 Cat. No. Designation PR63 9551 B4 E Q72MN IZ51BQ7 IZ51BQ7 30 O80 72 O28 120 31 6 PR 63 - 63 A (AC21) Cat. No. Enclosure Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame P= 22 kW in 400 V 8 contacts HZ51BDQ 30 72 135 x 170 O28 145 6 31 181 Y 0 Designation PR63 9551 B4 BCF Q72MN IZ51BDQ Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > 2 SPEEDS, 1 WAY - 3 PHASE DALHANDER MOTOR No. of contacts 1-2 LS X 0 No. of contacts 1-2 HS 0 LS X HS 3-4 X 3-4 X 5-6 X 5-6 X 9 - 10 X 9 - 10 X 11 - 12 X 11 - 12 X X 15 - 16 7-8 13 - 14 7-8 X X 13 - 14 X 15 - 16 PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) X X 1 3 2 4 5 7 6 8 9 11 10 12 13 15 14 16 L1 1 11 L2 12 L3 14 2 4 1U 2U 1W 9 2W 2V 1V 15 7 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame P= 4 kW in 400 V NZ52CQ1 PV 8 contacts 0 8 contacts PV Cat. No. Designation GV PR12 9552 B4 E Q48PN NZ52BQ1 GV PR12 9552 C4 E Q48PN NZ52CQ1 0 22 48 40 x 42 O28 66 6 26 PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) Cat. No. Enclosure Designation Black small handle 64 aluminium plate P= 4 kW in 400 V NZ52CXQ 0 8 contacts PV 22 120 x 96 O28 101 PV 8 contacts 26 182 GV PR12 9552 B4 BCQ3 NZ52BXQ GV PR12 9552 C4 BCQ3 NZ52CXQ 0 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > 2 SPEEDS, 1 WAY - 3 PHASE DALHANDER MOTOR (continued) PR 17 - 20 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame P= 7.5 kW in 400 V SZ52BQ1 PV 8 contacts 0 8 contacts PV Cat. No. Designation GV PR17 9552 B4 E Q48PN SZ52BQ1 GV PR17 9552 C4 E Q48PN SZ52CQ1 0 22 48 x 50 O28 69 32 PR 17 - 20 A (AC21) Cat. No. Enclosure Designation Black small handle 64 aluminium plate P= 7.5 kW in 400 V SZ52BXQ PV 8 contacts 0 8 contacts PV GV PR17 9552 B4 BCQ3 SZ52BXQ GV PR17 9552 C4 BCQ3 SZ52CXQ 0 22 120 x 96 O28 101 26 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 183 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > 2 SPEEDS, 1 WAY - 3 PHASE DALHANDER MOTOR (continued) PR 21 - 25 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame P= 7.5 kW in 400 V TZ52BQ1 PV 8 contacts 0 8 contacts PV Cat. No. Designation GV PR21 9552 B4 E Q48PN TZ52BQ1 GV PR21 9552 C4 E Q48PN TZ52CQ1 0 22 48 x 50 O28 69 32 PR 21 - 25 A (AC21) Cat. No. Enclosure Designation Black small handle 64 aluminium plate P= 7.5 kW in 400 V TZ52BXQ 0 8 contacts PV 22 120 x 96 O28 101 PV 8 contacts 26 184 GV PR21 9552 B4 BCQ3 TZ52BXQ GV PR21 9552 C4 BCQ3 TZ52CXQ 0 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > 2 SPEEDS, 1 WAY - 3 PHASE DALHANDER MOTOR (continued) PR 26 - 32 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame P= 11 kW in 400 V ZZ52BQ7 PV 8 contacts 0 8 contacts PV Cat. No. Designation GV PR26 9552 B4 E Q72MN ZZ52BQ7 GV PR26 9552 C4 E Q72MN ZZ52CQ7 0 30 72 58 x 53 O28 6 81 31 PR 26 - 32 A (AC21) Cat. No. Enclosure Designation Black small handle 64 aluminium plate P= 11 kW in 400 V ZZ52BXQ 0 8 contacts PV 22 120 x 96 O28 101 PV 8 contacts 26 185 GV PR26 9552 B4 BCQ3 ZZ52BXQ GV PR26 9552 C4 BCQ3 ZZ52CXQ 0 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > 2 SPEEDS, 1 WAY - 3 PHASE DALHANDER MOTOR (continued) PR 40 - 50 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame P= 18.5 kW in 400 V HZ52BQ7 PV 8 contacts 0 8 contacts PV Cat. No. Designation GV PR40 9552 B4 E Q72MN HZ52BQ7 GV PR40 9552 C4 E Q72MN HZ52CQ7 0 30 O80 72 O28 120 31 6 PR 40 - 50 A (AC21) Enclosure Cat. No. Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame P= 18.5 kW in 400 V HZ52BDQ 0 8 contacts PV 30 72 135 x 170 O28 145 PV 8 contacts 6 31 186 Designation GV PR40 9552 B4 BCF Q72MN HZ52BDQ GV PR40 9552 C4 BCF Q72MN HZ52CDQ 0 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > 2 SPEEDS, 1 WAY - 3 PHASE DALHANDER MOTOR (continued) PR 63 - 63 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame P= 22 kW in 400 V IZ52BQ7 PV 8 contacts 0 8 contacts PV Cat. No. Designation GV PR63 9552 B4 E Q72MN IZ52BQ7 GV PR63 9552 C4 E Q72MN IZ52CQ7 0 30 O80 72 O28 120 31 6 PR 63 - 63 A (AC21) Cat. No. Enclosure Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame P= 22 kW in 400 V IZ52BDQ 0 8 contacts PV 30 72 135 x 170 O28 145 PV 8 contacts 6 31 187 Designation GV PR63 9552 B4 BCF Q72MN IZ52BDQ GV PR63 9552 C4 BCF Q72MN IZ52CDQ 0 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > AMMETER SWITCH, 3 CTS WITH COMMON POINT No. of contacts L3 L2 L1 A 0 L1 1-2 X 3-4 X L2 L3 4 X X 5-6 X 7-8 X X X 9 - 10 X X 11 - 12 X X 2 3 10 1 3 2 4 7 5 7 10 6 8 11 9 11 10 10 12 MINI CAM SWITCH - 10 A (AC21) o 16 or 22 single hole front mounting Cat. No. 30 aluminium plate and frame 1 network, 3 wires, 1 ammeter 6 contacts 0 L1 L3 L2 30 28 x 27 223529 74 25 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 188 223529 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > AMMETER SWITCH, 3 CTS WITH COMMON POINT (continued) PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame 1 network, 3 wires, 1 ammeter 6 contacts 0 L1 L3 Cat. No. Designation PR12 8151 A4 E Q48PN NY11AQ1 L2 NY11AQ1 22 48 40 x 42 O28 56 6 26 PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) o 22 single hole front mounting Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame 1 network, 3 wires, 1 ammeter 6 contacts 0 L1 L3 Cat. No. Designation PR12 8151 A4 E N48MD50 L2 NY11AX80 22 48 42 x 40 O28 71 6 26 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 189 NY11AX80 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > AMMETER SWITCH, WITHOUT CT No. of contacts 1-2 3-4 5-6 0 L1 L2 X X X X X L3 L2 L1 L3 A X 7-8 X X 9 - 10 X X 11 - 12 X X 13 - 14 X X 15 - 16 X X 17 - 18 X X 1 3 2 4 5 7 6 8 9 11 10 12 13 15 14 16 5 4 3 2 11 12 15 14 17 18 PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame 1 network, 3 wires, 1 ammeter 9 contacts 0 L1 L3 Cat. No. Designation PR12 8164 A4 E Q48PN NY14AQ1 L2 NY14AQ1 22 48 42 x 40 O28 76 6 26 PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame 1 network, 3 wires, 1 ammeter 9 contacts 0 L1 L3 L2 NY14AX80 22 48 42 x 40 O28 91 Cat. No. o 22 single hole front mounting 6 26 190 Designation PR12 8164 A4 E N48MD50 NY14AX80 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > AMMETER SWITCH WITHOUT COMMON POINT No. of contacts 1-2 3-4 5-6 0 L1 L2 L3 X X X X 1 3 X 2 4 X X 5 7 6 8 X 7-8 9 - 10 X X 11 - 12 X X 9 11 10 12 13 15 14 16 13 - 14 X 15 - 16 X X 17 - 18 X L3 L2 L1 A X X 5 4 3 2 11 12 15 16 19 20 PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame 1 network, 3 wires, 1 ammeter 9 contacts 0 L1 L3 Cat. No. Designation PR12 8157 A4 E Q48PN NY17AQ1 L2 NY17AQ1 22 48 42 x 40 O28 76 6 26 PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) o 22 single hole front mounting Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame 1 network, 3 wires, 1 ammeter 9 contacts 0 L1 L3 Cat. No. Designation PR12 8157 A4 E N48MD50 L2 NY17AX80 22 48 42 x 40 O28 91 6 26 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 191 NY17AX80 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > VOLTMETER SWITCH, WITHOUT NEUTRAL L3 L2 L1 V No. of contacts 1-2 0 L1 X 3-4 5-6 L2 L3 X X X 7-8 X X 1 1 3 2 4 5 7 6 8 MINI CAM SWITCH - 10 A (AC21) 7 2 6 4 o 16 or 22 single hole front mounting Cat. No. 30 aluminium plate and frame 1 network, 3-phase without neutral 1 voltmeter 4 contacts 0 L1L2 L3L1 L2L3 30 28 x 27 223527 62 25 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 192 223527 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > VOLTMETER SWITCH, WITHOUT NEUTRAL (continued) PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Cat. No. Designation Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame 1 network, 3-phase without neutral 1 voltmeter 4 contacts 0 L1L2 PR12 8351 A4 E Q48PN L3L1 NY31AQ1 L2L3 NY31AQ1 22 48 42 x 40 O28 46 6 26 PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) o 22 single hole front mounting Cat. No. Designation Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame 1 network, 3-phase without neutral 1 voltmeter 4 contacts 0 L1L2 L3L1 PR12 8351 A4 E N48MD50 L2L3 NY31AX80 22 48 42 x 40 O28 61 6 26 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 193 NY31AX80 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > VOLTMETER SWITCH, WITH NEUTRAL N L3 L2 L1 V No. of contacts 1-2 L3 L1 X L2 L2 L1 L3 0 0 X L1 N L2 N X 3-4 X 5-6 X X 7-8 X X X 9 - 10 11 - 12 L3 N X X X MINI CAM SWITCH - 10 A (AC21) 1 1 3 2 4 5 7 6 8 9 11 10 12 11 2 6 10 4 o 16 or 22 single hole front mounting Cat. No. 30 aluminium plate and frame 1 network, 3-phase with neutral, 1 voltmeter 6 contacts L1L2 L1N L2L3 L2N L3L1 L3N 223528 30 28 x 27 223528 74 25 PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame 1 network, 3-phase with neutral, 1 voltmeter 6 contacts NY37GQ1 L1L2 L1N L2L3 L2N L3L1 L3N Designation PR12 8357 C8 E Q48PN 22 48 40 x 42 O28 56 6 26 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 194 Cat. No. NY37GQ1 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > VOLTMETER SWITCH, WITH NEUTRAL (continued) PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) Cat. No. o22 single hole front mounting Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame 1 network, 3-phase with neutral, 1 voltmeter 6 contacts L1L2 L1N L2L3 L2N L3L1 L3N Designation PR12 8357 C8 E N48MD50 NY37GX80 NY37GX80 22 48 42 x 40 O28 71 6 26 PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) Modular in panel DIN rail mounting Small grey handle 1 network, 3-phase with neutral, 1 voltmeter 6 contacts L1L2 L1N L2L3 L2N L3L1 L3N Designation PR12 8357 C8 DF 45 x 70 NDF03 44 70 max Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 195 Cat. No. NDF03 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > 3-WAY SWITCHES WITH "OFF" POSITION No. of contacts 1-2 0 1 X 3-4 2 3 X 7-8 X 5-6 X 9 - 10 1P X 11 - 12 X 13 - 14 X 15 - 16 2P X 19 - 20 X 1 3 2 5 4 7 6 9 8 11 10 13 12 15 16 19 20 3P MINI CAM SWITCH - 10 A (AC21) o 16 or 22 single hole front mounting Cat. No. 30 aluminium plate and frame 1P -3 contacts 2P -6 contacts 3P -9 contacts 0 1 3 2 223522 30 27 x 28 Dimensions in mm P *P = Depth *P: 62 (3 contacts) 74 (6 contacts) 95 (9 contacts) 25 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 196 223521 223522 223523 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > 3-WAY CAM SWITCHES WITH "OFF" POSITION (continued) PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame 1P -3 contacts 2P - 6 contacts 3P - 9 contacts 0 1 3 2 Cat. No. Designation PR12 2301 A4 E Q48PN PR12 2302 A4 E Q48PN PR12 2303 A4 E Q48PN ND01AQ1 ND02AQ1 ND03AQ1 ND03AQ1 Dimensions in mm *P: 46 (3 contacts) 56 (6 contacts) 76 (9 contacts) 22 48 40 x 42 O28 P 6 26 PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) Cat. No. o 22 single hole front mounting Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame 1P -3 contacts 2P - 6 contacts 3P - 9 contacts 0 1 3 2 Designation PR12 2301 A4 E N48MD50 PR12 2302 A4 E N48MD50 PR12 2303 A4 E N48MD50 ND02AX80 Dimensions in mm P *P = Depth *P: 61 (3 contacts) 71 (6 contacts) 91 (9 contacts) 22 48 40 x 42 O28 6 26 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 197 ND01AX80 ND02AX80 ND03AX80 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > 3-WAY CAM SWITCHES WITH "OFF" POSITION (continued) PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) Cat. No. o 22 single hole front mounting With selector switch style handle Matt chrome plastic bezel 1P -3 contacts 2P - 6 contacts 3P - 9 contacts 0 1 3 2 Designation PR12 2301 A4 E C21RA03 PR12 2302 A4 E C21RA03 PR12 2303 A4 E C21RA03 ND01AC113 ND02AC113 ND03AC113 ND01AC113 40 x 42 O30 P Dimensions in mm *P: 61 (3 contacts) 71 (6 contacts) 91 (9 contacts) 26 PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) Enclosure Cat. No. Designation Black small handle 64 aluminium plate 1P -3 contacts 2P - 6 contacts 3P - 9 contacts ND02AXQ Dimensions in mm *P: 77 (3 to 6 contacts) 101 (9 contacts) 22 120 x 96 O28 77 26 *P = Depth 198 0 1 3 2 PR12 2301 A4 BCQ3 PR12 2302 A4 BCQ3 PR12 2303 A4 BCQ3 ND01AXQ ND02AXQ ND03AXQ Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > 3-WAY CAM SWITCHES WITH "OFF" POSITION (continued) PR 17 - 20 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame 1P -3 contacts 2P - 6 contacts 3P - 9 contacts 0 1 3 2 Cat. No. Designation PR17 2301 A4 E Q48PN PR17 2302 A4 E Q48PN PR17 2303 A4 E Q48PN SD01AQ1 SD02AQ1 SD03AQ1 SD03AQ1 Dimensions in mm *P: 45 (3 contacts) 57 (6 contacts) 81 (9 contacts) 22 48 x 50 O28 32 P PR 17 - 20 A (AC21) Cat. No. Enclosure Designation Black small handle 64 aluminium plate 1P -3 contacts 2P - 6 contacts 3P - 9 contacts SD02AXQ Dimensions in mm *P: 77 (3 to 6 contacts) 101 (9 contacts) 22 120 x 96 O28 77 26 *P = Depth 199 0 1 3 2 PR17 2301 A4 BCQ3 PR17 2302 A4 BCQ3 PR17 2303 A4 BCQ3 SD01AXQ SD02AXQ SD03AXQ Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > 3-WAY CAM SWITCHES WITH "OFF" POSITION (continued) PR 21 - 25 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame 1P -3 contacts 2P - 6 contacts 3P - 9 contacts 0 1 3 2 Cat. No. Designation PR21 2301 A4 E Q48PN PR21 2302 A4 E Q48PN PR21 2303 A4 E Q48PN TD01AQ1 TD02AQ1 TD03AQ1 TD02AQ1 Dimensions in mm *P: 45 (3 contacts) 57 (6 contacts) 81 (9 contacts) 22 48 x 50 O28 32 P PR 21 - 25 A (AC21) Cat. No. Enclosure Designation Black small handle 64 aluminium plate 1P -3 contacts 2P - 6 contacts 3P - 9 contacts TD01AXQ Dimensions in mm *P: 77 (3 to 6 contacts) 101 (9 contacts) 22 120 x 96 O28 77 26 *P = Depth 200 0 1 3 2 PR21 2301 A4 BCQ3 PR21 2302 A4 BCQ3 PR21 2303 A4 BCQ3 TD01AXQ TD02AXQ TD03AXQ Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > 3-WAY CAM SWITCHES WITH "OFF" POSITION (continued) PR 26 - 32 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame 1P -3 contacts 2P - 6 contacts 3P - 9 contacts 0 1 3 2 Cat. No. Designation PR26 2301 A4 E Q72MN PR26 2302 A4 E Q72MN PR26 2303 A4 E Q72MN ZD01AQ7 ZD02AQ7 ZD03AQ7 ZD02AQ7 Dimensions in mm *P: 51 (3 contacts) 66 (6 contacts) 96 (9 contacts) 30 72 58 x 53 O28 6 P 31 PR 26 - 32 A (AC21) Enclosure Cat. No. Designation Black small handle 64 aluminium plate 1P -3 contacts 2P - 6 contacts ZD01AXQ Dimensions in mm *P: 77 (3 contacts) 101 (6 contacts) 22 120 x 96 O28 P 26 *P = Depth 201 0 1 3 2 PR26 2301 A4 BCQ3 PR26 2302 A4 BCQ3 ZD01AXQ ZD02AXQ Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > 3-WAY CAM SWITCHES WITH "OFF" POSITION (continued) PR 40 - 50 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame 1P -3 contacts 2P - 6 contacts 3P - 9 contacts 0 1 3 2 Cat. No. Designation PR40 2301 A4 E Q72MN PR40 2302 A4 E Q72MN PR40 2303 A4 E Q72MN HD01AQ7 HD02AQ7 HD03AQ7 HD02AQ7 Dimensions in mm *P: 80 (3 contacts) 100 (6 contacts) 140 (9 contacts) 30 72 O80 O28 6 P 31 PR 40 - 50 A (AC21) Enclosure Cat. No. Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame 1P -3 contacts 2P - 6 contacts HD01ABQ Dimensions in mm *P: 107 (3 contacts) 145 (6 contacts) 30 72 135 x 170 O28 P 6 31 *P = Depth 202 0 1 3 2 Designation PR40 2301 A4 BCF Q72MN PR40 2302 A4 BCF Q72MN HD01ABQ HD02ACQ Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > 3-WAY CAM SWITCHES WITH "OFF" POSITION (continued) PR 63 - 63 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame 1P -3 contacts 2P - 6 contacts 3P - 9 contacts 0 1 3 2 Cat. No. Designation PR63 2301 A4 E Q72MN PR63 2302 A4 E Q72MN PR63 2303 A4 E Q72MN ID01AQ7 ID02AQ7 ID03AQ7 ID01AQ7 Dimensions in mm *P: 80 (3 contacts) 100 (6 contacts) 140 (9 contacts) 30 72 O80 O28 6 P 31 PR 63 - 63 A (AC21) Cat. No. Enclosure Grey/black medium handle 72 aluminium plate and frame 1P -3 contacts 2P - 6 contacts ID01ABQ Dimensions in mm *P: 107 (3 contacts) 145 (6 contacts) 30 72 135 x 170 O28 P 6 31 *P = Depth 203 0 1 3 2 Designation PR63 2301 A4 BCF Q72MN PR63 2302 A4 BCF Q72MN ID01ABQ ID02ACQ Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > 3-WAY CAM SWITCHES WITH "OFF" POSITION (continued) PR 125 - 160 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm Grey/black large handle 96 aluminium plate and frame 1P -3 contacts 2P - 6 contacts 3P - 9 contacts 0 1 3 2 Cat. No. Designation PR125 2301 A4 E Q96GN PR125 2302 A4 E Q96GN PR125 2303 A4 E Q96GN LD01AQ9 LD02AQ9 LD03AQ9 LD02AQ9 Dimensions in mm O80 *P: 120 (3 contacts) 160 (6 contacts) 240 (9 contacts) 34 96 120 x 70 82 O42 P 6 31 PR 160 - 200 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm Grey/black large handle 96 aluminium plate and frame 1P -3 contacts 2P - 6 contacts 3P - 9 contacts MD01AQ9 Dimensions in mm O80 *P: 120 (3 contacts) 160 (6 contacts) 240 (9 contacts) 34 96 120 x 70 82 O42 P 6 31 *P = Depth 204 0 1 3 2 Cat. No. Designation PR160 2301 A4 E Q96GN PR160 2302 A4 E Q96GN PR160 2303 A4 E Q96GN MD01AQ9 MD02AQ9 MD03AQ9 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > 3-WAY CAM SWITCHES WITHOUT "OFF" POSITION No. of contacts 1-2 1 2 X 3-4 3 X 7-8 X 5-6 1P X 9 - 10 X 11 - 12 X 13 - 14 X 2P 15 - 16 X 19 - 20 3P X 1 3 2 5 4 7 6 9 8 11 10 13 12 15 14 17 16 19 18 20 MINI CAM SWITCH - 10 A (AC21) o 16 or 22 single hole front mounting Cat. No. 30 aluminium plate and frame 1P -3 contacts 2P -6 contacts 3P -9 contacts 223515 223516 223517 1 2 3 223516 30 27 x 28 Dimensions in mm P *P: 50 (3 contacts) 74 (6 contacts) 95 (9 contacts) 25 PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame 1P -3 contacts 2P -6 contacts 3P -9 contacts 1 2 3 Designation PR12 2351 A8 E Q48PN PR12 2352 A8 E Q48PN PR12 2353 A8 E Q48PN ND51EQ1 Dimensions in mm P *P = Depth *P: 46 (3 contacts) 56 (6 contacts) 76 (9 contacts) 22 48 40 x 42 O28 6 26 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 205 Cat. No. ND51EQ1 ND52EQ1 ND53EQ1 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > 4-WAY CAM SWITCHES WITHOUT "OFF" POSITION No. of contacts 1-2 1 X 3-4 2 3 4 X 5-6 X 7-8 9 - 10 1 2 3 4 X 1P X 11 - 12 X 13 - 14 X 15 - 16 1 3 2 5 4 7 6 9 8 11 10 13 12 15 14 16 2P X MINI CAM SWITCH - 10 A (AC21) o 16 or 22 single hole front mounting Cat. No. 30 aluminium plate and frame 1P -4 contacts 2P -8 contacts 1 2 4 3 223525 30 27 x 28 Dimensions in mm P *P = Depth *P: 62 (4 contacts) 86 (8 contacts) 25 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 206 223525 223526 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > CODING SWITCH WITH "OFF" No. of contacts 1-2 0 1 X 3-4 2 3 4 X X Positions 5 6 X X X 5-6 X 7 X 8 X 9 X 10 11 X X 1 3 2 4 X 5 7 6 8 X X 7-8 X PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame 4 contacts NR51UQ1 22 48 42 x 40 O28 46 6 26 207 11 10 9 8 0 1 2 7 6 5 3 4 Cat. No. Designation PR12 6501 A1 E Q48PN NR51UQ1 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > CODING SWITCH WITHOUT "OFF" No. of contacts 1-2 1 2 X 3-4 X 3 4 X 5 X Positions 6 7 X X X 5-6 X 8 X X 7-8 X 10 11 X X X 12 X X PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) 9 X 1 3 2 4 5 7 6 8 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame 4 contacts 12 11 10 9 1 2 3 8 7 6 4 5 Designation PR12 6502 A1 E Q48PN NR52UQ1 22 48 42 x 40 O28 46 6 26 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 208 Cat. No. NR52UQ1 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > CODING SWITCH (COMPLEMENTARY BCD CODE, 0 TO 9) No. of contacts 1-2 0 1 X 3-4 2 3 X X Positions 4 5 X X 6 X 5-6 X 7 X 8 9 X X X 7-8 X PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) X 1 3 2 4 5 7 6 8 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Cat. No. Designation Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame With complete rotation possible 4 contacts NR53UQ1 22 48 42 x 40 O28 46 6 26 209 0 1 9 8 2 7 6 5 3 4 PR12 6503 A1 E Q48PN NR53UQ1 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > COMPLEMENTARY BCD CODE, 0 TO 9 No. of contacts 1-2 0 1 3-4 X X 5-6 X 7-8 X X 2 3 X Positions 4 5 X X 6 X 7 X X X PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) 8 9 X X X X X 1 3 2 4 5 7 6 8 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Cat. No. Designation Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame With complete rotation possible 4 contacts NR54UQ1 22 48 42 x 40 O28 46 6 26 210 0 1 9 8 2 7 6 5 3 4 PR12 6504 A1 E Q48PN NR54UQ1 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > BCD CODE, 0 TO 9, + COMPLEMENTARY BCD CODE No. of contacts 1-2 0 1 X 3-4 2 3 X X Positions 4 5 X X 6 X 5-6 X 7 X 8 1 3 2 4 X 5 7 X X 11 - 12 X 13 - 14 X 15 - 16 X X X X X X X X X X X PR 12 - 16 A (AC21) X X 7-8 9 - 10 9 X X X X 6 8 9 11 10 12 13 15 14 16 2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm Cat. No. Designation Grey/black small handle 48 aluminium plate and frame With complete rotation possible 8 contacts NR55UQ1 22 48 40 x 42 O28 66 6 26 211 0 1 9 8 2 7 6 5 3 4 PR12 6505 A1 E Q48PN NR55UQ1 Cam switches Characteristics (p. 213) > ACCESSORIES FIXING TOOL Cat. No. For mini cam switches 223520 223520 FIXING TOOL Cat. No. Fixing tool for PR 12 cam switches o 22 single hole front mounting LWA0234 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 212 LWA0234 Technical characteristics > MINI CAM SWITCHES Characteristics Data > Thermal current Ith 10 A > Rated operating current Ie - in AC 21 10 A - in AC 15 2.5 A > Motor performance in AC-3 - 3 x 230 V - 3 x 400 V 1.8 kW 2.2 kW > Motor performance in AC-23 - 1 x 230 V - 1 x 400 V 0.75 kW 1.1 kW - 3 x 230 V - 3 x 400 V 1.8 kW 3 kW > Rated insulation voltage Ui(V) 500 V > Rated operating current in DC-1 L/R < 1ms - 24 V DC - 40 V DC - 60 V DC - 110 V DC - 220 V DC 10 A 6A 2.5 A 0.7 A 0.3 A > Rated conditional short-circuit current 3 kA > Max. fuse rating 10 A > Degree of protection IP 65 IP 2x at the rear of the panel 2 x 1.5 mm2 max. 1 x 0.5 mm2 min. > Wire size (flexible and rigid) > Operating temperature - 20C to + 50C > Standards IEC 60947-1 IEC 60947-3 CSA 22.2 UL 508 > CAM SWITCHES Characteristics > For thermal current Ith Ic(A) PR 12 PR 17 PR 21 PR 26 PR 40 20 25 32 40 63 16 20 25 32 8 10 12 PR 63 PR 125 PR 160 63 200 250 50 63 160 200 - - - - > Rated operating current for AC-21 A Ie(A) (IEC 60 947-3) Switching of resistive loads including moderate overloads > Rated operating current for AC-15 A Ie(A) at 230V AC (IEC 60 947-3) Control of electromagnetic loads 6 213 Technical characteristics > SELECTOR SWITCHES Characteristics PR 12 > Performance in AC 23 (kW) (IEC 60 947-3) Switching of motors or other highly inductive loads - 3 x 230 V - 3 x 400 V - 3 x 500 V - 3 x 690 V PR 17 PR 21 PR 26 5.5 11 11 10 7.5 11 11 10 11 11 11 11 15 22 25 18.5 18.5 25 25 22 - - 4 7.5 7.5 7.5 4 7.5 7.5 7.5 5.5 11 11 11 11 18.5 18.5 18.5 15 22 22 22 - - 4 5.5 7.5 4 5.5 10 10 10 5.5 10 10 10 7.5 15 15 15 15 25 25 25 20 30 30 30 - - 690 690 600 600 690 690 600 600 690 690 600 600 690 690 600 600 690 690 600 600 690 690 600 600 690 690 600 600 690 690 600 600 300 400 420 800 1200 1500 2400 3000 6/4(1) 6/4(1) 4 6 16 16 o 8 screw for eyelet o 8 screw for eyelet 4 7.5 5.5 4 > Performance in AC 3 (IEC 60 947-3) Control of squirrel-cage motors starting and switching off motors while running - In kW 3 - 3 x 230 V - 3 x 400 V 4 - 3 x 500 V 5.5 - 3 x 690 V 3 - In HP (for reference) - 3 x 230 V - 3 x 400 V - 3 x 500 V - 3 x 690 V > Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) - Max. rated voltage Ue(v) IEC - CSA (Canada) - UL (USA) > Rated short time withstand current Icw (A) for 1 sec > Maximum wire size (mm2) 4 - rigid 2.5 - flexible (1): These values correspond to terminals with jumpers 4 6 PR 40 PR 63 16 16 > Mechanical durability 1,250,000 operations, maximum rate 150 operations per hour > Operating temperature limits - 20C to + 70C (beyond these limits consult us) PR 125 > Rated operating current in DC-1 low inductive loads (< 1 ms) 16 20 25 32 50 63 Rated operating current Ie (A) 24 V DC Ie (A): rated current for breaking 1 contact. For higher voltages you must use a reduction coefficient K in the following graph PR 160 - K 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2 0,1 0 24 breaking 1 contact 48 60 95 breaking 2 contacts in series reduction coefficient K for rated operating current in DC-1 continuous current 214 120 220 440 volts Separate cam switches To order your cam switch, it is essential to follow the 5-step procedure (see presentation on p. 127) Mini cam switches are only available in standard versions. > I - CHOICE OF SWITCH SIZE TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS The choice of switch size depends on the type of load to be switched Cam switches are devices designed mainly for use with AC current When using with DC current, you must use a reduction coefficient (see previous page) PRICE LIST CODE The price list code allows you (if necessary) to determine the price of the chosen switch by referring to the current price list Rating PR 12 PR 17 PR 21 PR 26 PR 40 PR 63 PR 125 PR 160 Price list code N S T Z H I L M EXAMPLE 1 You are looking for a switch to control motors (3x230 V) with a power rating of 18.5 kW, what you need is a PR 63. Characteristics PR 12 PR 17 PR 21 PR 26 4 7.5 5.5 4 5.5 11 11 10 7.5 11 11 10 11 11 11 11 PR 40 PR 63 PR 125 15 22 25 18.5 18.5 25 25 22 - PR 160 > Performance in AC 23 (kW) (IEC 60 947-3) Switching of motors or other highly inductive loads - 3 x 230 V - 3 x 400 V - 3 x 500 V - 3 x 690 V 2 - For a PR 63 the price list code is: I Rating PR 12 PR 17 PR 21 PR 26 PR 40 PR 63 PR 125 PR 160 Price list code N S T Z H I L M 215 - - Separate cam switches To order your cam switch, it is essential to follow the 5-step procedure (see presentation on p. 127) Mini cam switches are only available in standard versions. > II - CHOICE OF FUNCTION (DIAGRAM AND SWITCHING ANGLE) FUNCTIONS The electrical circuit diagram for separate switches can be: > A standard diagram (see p. 207 to 238). > A special diagram to your own requirement (complete the form on p. 277) Examples: A EXAMPLE 1 The reference of the diagram for a 1-2 contact switch (p. 208) is: 1101, and its price list code is: A01Z DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) Contact Nos. 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9 - 10 11 - 12 2 Positions 0 1 - - - - - - - - - X X X X X X No. of poles 1 2 3 4 5 6 No. of contacts 1 2 3 4 5 6 Connection terminals + links 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 For a switch, the reference of the 90 switching angle with spring return is: AR10, and the price list code is: Y640 SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) 30 0 45 1 0 60 1 90 0 90 0 1 Spring return 0 0 1 1 1 Spring return 0 1 1 0 Cat. No. A1 A8 Spring return extra charge * Y652 (PR12) Y639 (PR17 26) Y640 (PR40 63) 3 Diagram reference 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 A6 A4 M4 AR10* VR11* Number of spring return contacts (PR12 25) 4 (PR40 63) 2 The full catalogue number for the function is 1101 - AR10, and its price list code is (I)A01Z - Y640 216 Diagram price list code A01Z A02Z A03Z A04Z A05Z A06Z Separate cam switches To order your cam switch, it is essential to follow the 5-step procedure (see presentation on p. 127) Mini cam switches are only available in standard versions. > II - CHOICE OF FUNCTION (DIAGRAM AND SWITCHING ANGLE) FUNCTIONS Diagram Page > Switches 218 > 2 way change-over switches without off position 219 > 2 way change-over switches with off position 220 > 3 to 8-way cam switches 221 > Grouping switches 233 From 1 to 24 poles, each pole being a path for the current, the circuit being open at starting position 0, and closed at position 1 From 1 to 12 poles, each pole having 2 current paths, one path is closed at position 1, the other at position 2 The two paths can be joined by a common point (link) From 1 to 12 poles, each pole having 2 current paths, one path is closed at position 1, the other at position 2. Both paths can be open at position 0 and joined by a common point (link) Each pole having respectively 3 to 8 paths for the current, the number of poles multiplied by the number of ways must be 24 or less The starting position is either 0 (diagram with OFF) or 1 (diagram without OFF) The current paths of the same pole are connected together by links From 2 to 4 ways with or without starting position at 0, each pole having respectively 2 to 4 current paths which close consecutively and remain closed on the following positions, thus grouping 2 to 4 elements The current paths of the same pole are connected together by links > Instrument switches For ammeters wired without a CT or with several CTs connected on the corresponding circuits The CTs can be mounted in series, with a common point or independently, they are always short-circuited when not feeding the ammeters For voltmeters wired into 3-phase networks with or without neutral A V 236 236 238 > Motor control switches 239 > Switches for coupling 2 or 3 resistors 245 > Coding switches 247 For 3-phase asynchronous motors with Y - s starting, with several speeds, with or without reversing Code BCD and additional BCD 217 Separate cam switches > SWITCHES DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) Contact Nos. 1 -2 3 -4 5 -6 7 -8 9 -10 11 - 12 13 -14 15 -16 17 -18 19 -20 21 -22 23 -24 25 -26 27 -28 29 -30 31 -32 33 -34 35 -36 37 -38 39 -40 41 -42 43 -44 45 -46 47 -48 Positions 0 1 - - - - - - - - - X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X No. of poles 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 No. of contacts 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) 30 0 45 0 1 60 90 0 1 90 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 Spring return Spring return 0 0 1 1 1 Connection terminals + links 1 0 1 1 0 Cat. No. A1 A8 0 0 B8 Cat. No. Spring return extra charge * Y652 (PR12) Y639 (PR17 26) Y640 (PR40 63) 1 M4 1 0 B1 0 A4 1 1 1 Cat. No. A6 0 B6 B4 0 V8 1 D4 Number of spring return contacts (PR12 26) 4 2 (PR40 63) 218 AR10* VR11* Diagram reference 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 Diagram price list code A01Z A02Z A03Z A04Z A05Z A06Z A07Z A08Z A09Z A10Z A11Z A12Z A13Z A14Z A15Z A16Z A17Z A18Z A19Z A20Z A21Z A22Z A23Z A24Z Separate cam switches > 2-WAY CHANGE-OVER SWITCHES WITHOUT OFF DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) (with link for common point) Contact Nos. 1 -2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9 - 10 11 - 12 13 - 14 15 - 16 17 - 18 19 - 20 21 - 22 23 - 24 25 - 26 27 - 28 29 - 30 31 - 32 33 - 34 35 - 36 37 - 38 39 - 40 41 - 42 43 - 44 45 - 46 47 - 48 Positions 1 2 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X - No. of poles No. of contacts 1 2 2 4 3 6 4 8 5 Connection terminals* + links 1 Cat. No. 1 2 A1 B1 B8 1 2254 A08Z 15 16 10 17 18 19 20 2255 A10Z 6 12 21 22 23 24 2256 A12Z 7 14 25 26 27 28 2257 A14Z 8 16 29 30 31 32 2258 A16Z 9 18 33 34 35 36 2259 A18Z 10 20 37 38 39 40 2260 A20Z 11 22 41 42 43 44 2261 A22Z 12 24 45 46 47 48 2262 A24Z 90 Spring return Spring return 1 1 2 A6 A4 1 2 2 D4 AR10* 2 1 B6 B4 1 2 2 1 Spring return extra charge * Y652 (PR12) Y639 (PR17 26) Y640 (PR40 63) A06Z 13 14 2 Cat. No. 2253 11 12 90 1 A04Z 9 10 2 1 1 2252 7 8 2 2 A02Z 5 6 1 2 A8 2 Cat. No. 60 2251 3 4 SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) 45 Diagram price list code 1 2 *For diagrams without a link, replace number 2 by number 1 at the beginning of the diagram reference. 30 Diagram* reference V8 M4 Number of spring return contacts (PR12 26) 4 (PR40 63) 2 219 1 2 VR11* Separate cam switches > 2-WAY CHANGE-OVER SWITCHES WITH OFF DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) (with link for common point) Contact Nos. 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9 - 10 11 - 12 13 - 14 15 - 16 17 - 18 19 - 20 21 - 22 23 - 24 25 - 26 27 - 28 29 - 30 31 - 32 33 - 34 35 - 36 37 - 38 39 - 40 41 - 42 43 - 44 45 - 46 47 - 48 Positions 0 1 2 - - - - - - - - X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X No. of poles No. of contacts Connection terminals* + links Diagram* reference Diagram price list code 1 2 1 2 3 4 2201 A02Z 2 4 5 6 7 8 2202 A04Z 3 6 9 10 11 12 2203 A06Z 4 8 13 14 15 16 2204 A08Z 5 10 17 18 19 20 2205 A10Z 6 12 21 22 23 24 2206 A12Z 7 14 25 26 27 28 2207 A14Z 8 16 29 30 31 32 2208 A16Z 9 18 33 34 35 36 2209 A18Z 10 20 37 38 39 40 2210 A20Z 11 22 41 42 43 44 2211 A22Z 12 24 45 46 47 48 2212 A24Z *For diagrams without a link, replace number 2 by number 1 at the beginning of the diagram reference. SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) 30 45 0 1 2 0 60 1 0 90 1 2 Misc 0 A1 2 2 1 0 Cat. No. A8 1 2 0 2 2 1 0 0 1 Cat. No. C1 Spring return extra charge * Y652 (PR12) Y639 (PR17 26) Y640 (PR40 63) C8 2 0 1 2 C4 1 AR32* 0 0 2 2 1 CR13* 1 0 CR14* 0 1 2 CR19* 0 1 2 2 1 C6 2 1 2 AR25* 0 M6 0 AR23* 10 1 2 2 B4 2 1 2 1 B6 2 0 1 0 B8 J4 0 1 2 0 2 0 1 1 A4 2 0 B1 10 A6 1 0 1 2 Cat. No. Spring return Spring return Spring return Spring return Spring return 0 V8 Number of spring return contacts (PR12 26) 4 (PR40 63) 2 220 CR20* VR12* VR13* 2 1 0 2 0 BR19* CR12* Separate cam switches > 3-WAY SWITCHES WITHOUT OFF DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) (with link for common point) Contact Nos. 1 -2 3 -4 7 -8 5 -6 9 -10 11 -12 Positions 1 23 - - - - - - - - X X X X 13 -14 15 -16 19 -20 X 17 -18 21 -22 23 -24 X 25 -26 27 -28 31 -32 X 29 -30 33 -34 35 -36 X 37 -38 39 -40 43 -44 X 41 -42 45 -46 47 - 48 X No. of poles No. of contacts 1 3 X X 2 6 X 3 9 X X X X X X X X X X X Connection terminals* + links 4 12 5 15 6 18 7 21 8 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 Diagram* reference 2351 A03Z 2352 A06Z 2353 A09Z 2354 A12Z 2355 A15Z 2356 A18Z 2357 A21Z 2358 A24Z *For diagrams without a link, replace number 2 by number 1 at the beginning of the diagram reference. SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) 30 45 1 2 3 1 60 2 1 90 1 2 3 60 0 2 3 1 3 Cat. No. A1 3 2 1 Cat. No. A8 2 3 3 2 3 3 0 M6 AR23* 2 2 3 AR25* 3 1 1 B6 1 2 2 1 2 1 2 3 B8 1 A4 3 2 1 B1 12 A6 Spring return Spring return Spring return 1 2 B4 BR19* 2 3 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 1 Cat. No. C1 Spring return extra charge * Y652 (PR12) Y639 (PR17 26) Y640 (PR40 63) C8 C6 CR12* Number of spring return contacts (PR12 26) 4 (PR40 63) 2 221 CR13* Diagram price list code CR14* Separate cam switches > 3-WAY SWITCHES WITH OFF DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) (with link for common point) Contact Nos. 1 -2 3 -4 7 -8 5 -6 9 -10 11 -12 Positions 0 1 2 3 - - - - - - - X X X X 13 -14 15 -16 19 -20 X 17 -18 21 -22 23 -24 X 25 -26 27 -28 31 -32 X 29 -30 33 -34 35 -36 X 37 -38 39 -40 43 -44 X 41 -42 45 -46 47 - 48 X No. of poles 1 X X X X X X X X X X X 2 6 3 9 12 5 15 6 18 7 21 X Connection terminals* + links 3 4 X X No. of contacts 8 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 *For diagrams without a link, replace number 2 by number 1 at the beginning of the diagram reference. SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) 30 45 0 1 2 3 Cat. No. A1 2 3 1 0 Cat. No. 0 60 1 0 2 3 2 3 B1 2 1 0 Cat. No. Spring return extra charge * Y652 (PR12) Y639 (PR17 26) Y640 (PR40 63) 0 1 1 0 M8 3 V8 2 3 B4 1 3 0 1 2 2 1 B6 0 Spring return Spring return 1 2 3 0 A4 0 0 2 3 3 3 0 B8 3 2 1 A6 2 3 45 0 1 A8 1 90 0 2 J6 Number of spring return contacts (PR12 26) 4 (PR40 63) 2 222 BR15* 0 1 2 3 VR16* Diagram* reference Diagram price list code 2301 A03Z 2302 A06Z 2303 A09Z 2304 A12Z 2305 A15Z 2306 A18Z 2307 A21Z 2308 A24Z Separate cam switches > 4-WAY SWITCHES WITHOUT OFF DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) (with link for common point) Contact Nos. 1 -2 3 -4 5 -6 7 -8 Positions 1 2 3 4 - - - - - - - X X X X 9 -10 11 -12 13 -14 15 -16 X X 17 -18 19 -20 21 -22 23 -24 X X 25 -26 27 -28 29 -30 31 -32 X X 33 -34 35 -36 37 -38 39 -40 X X 41 -42 43 -44 45 -46 47 - 48 X X No. of poles No. of contacts 1 4 2 X Connection terminals* + links 8 X 3 X 12 X 4 X 16 X X 5 20 6 24 X X X 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 *For diagrams without a link, replace number 2 by number 1 at the beginning of the diagram reference. SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) 30 45 1 2 3 4 Cat. No. A1 3 4 2 1 Cat. No. 2 3 2 1 3 4 2 4 3 4 2 V1 Spring return extra charge * Y652 (PR12) Y639 (PR17 26) Y640 (PR40 63) 1 2 2 1 2 4 2 1 B6 1 Spring return Spring return 2 3 1 2 4 3 4 3 A4 4 1 B8 4 3 3 45 1 A6 3 4 1 90 2 A8 B1 1 Cat. No. 1 60 V8 AR30* 2 3 3 4 1 4 B4 2 1 M8 2 3 4 VR16* Number of spring return contacts (PR12 26) 4 (PR40 63) 2 223 4 1 BR15* 3 4 3 BR41* 1 2 3 4 VR28* Diagram* reference Diagram price list code 2451 A04Z 2452 A08Z 2453 A12Z 2454 A16Z 2455 A20Z 2456 A24Z Separate cam switches > 4-WAY SWITCHES WITH OFF DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) (with link for common point) Contact Nos. 1 -2 3 -4 5 -6 7 -8 Positions 0 1 2 3 4 - - - - - - X X X X 9 -10 11 -12 13 -14 15 -16 X X 17 -18 19 -20 21 -22 23 -24 X X 25 -26 27 -28 29 -30 31 -32 X X 33 -34 35 -36 37 -38 39 -40 X X 41 -42 43 -44 45 -46 47 - 48 X X No. of poles No. of contacts 1 4 2 X Connection terminals* + links 8 X 3 X 12 X X 4 16 5 20 6 24 X X X X X 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 *For diagrams without a link, replace number 2 by number 1 at the beginning of the diagram reference. SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) 30 45 0 1 2 3 4 0 60 1 4 Cat. No. A1 2 34 1 0 Cat. No. Cat. No. 0 1 2 3 2 4 3 2 1 0 Spring return extra charge * Y652 (PR12) Y639 (PR17 26) Y640 (PR40 63) 3 0 0 2 3 C8 1 4 J8 AR38* 3 103 0 3 4 2 0 B6 0 C1 0 1 Spring returnSpring return Spring return 4 B8 1 2 4 0 A6 4 0 3 4 1 A8 B1 1 2 0 2 3 45 1 2 3 2 4 1 2 0 3 4 1 03 2 4 4 C6 CR27* Number of spring return contacts (PR12 26) 4 (PR40 63) 2 224 CR34* CR40* Diagram* reference Diagram price list code 2401 A04Z 2402 A08Z 2403 A12Z 2404 A16Z 2405 A20Z 2406 A24Z Separate cam switches > 5-WAY SWITCHES WITHOUT OFF DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) (with link for common point) Contact Nos. 1 -2 3 -4 5 -6 7 -8 9 -10 Positions 1 2 3 4 5 - - - - - - X X X X X 11 -12 13 -14 15 -16 17 -18 19 -20 X 21 -22 23 -24 25 -26 27 -28 29 -30 X 31 -32 33 -34 35 -36 37 -38 39 -40 X X X X X X X 5 10 3 15 X 4 X No. of contacts X X 1 2 X No. of poles 20 X Connection terminals* + links 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 *For diagrams without a link, replace number 2 by number 1 at the beginning of the diagram reference. SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) 30 45 1 2 3 4 5 1 60 2 5 Cat. No. A1 3 45 2 1 Cat. No. 1 3 4 2 3 5 4 A8 2 3 4 B1 Cat. No. Spring return extra charge * Y652 (PR12) Y639 (PR17 26) Y640 (PR40 63) 2 1 B8 1 A6 5 1 2 3 Spring return 3 23 4 4 1 5 5 B6 BR27* 4 5 V8 Number of spring return contacts (PR12 26) 4 (PR40 63) 2 225 Diagram* reference Diagram price list code 2551 A05Z 2552 A10Z 2553 A15Z 2554 A20Z Separate cam switches > 5-WAY SWITCHES WITH OFF DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) (with link for common point) Contact Nos. 1 -2 3 -4 5 -6 7 -8 9 -10 Positions 0 1 2 3 4 5 - - - - - X X X X X 11 -12 13 -14 15 -16 17 -18 19 -20 X 21 -22 23 -24 25 -26 27 -28 29 -30 X 31 -32 33 -34 35 -36 37 -38 39 -40 X X X X X X X X X X No. of poles 1 2 No. of contacts 5 10 X 3 15 X 4 20 X Connection terminals* + links 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 *For diagrams without a link, replace number 2 by number 1 at the beginning of the diagram reference. SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) 30 45 0 1 2 3 4 5 Cat. No. B1 0 5 12 3 4 4 3 2105 Cat. No. M1 1 5 4 A1 2 345 1 0 Cat. No. 0 60 0 2 3 1 5 2 4 3 A8 1 0 2 3 4 5 A6 2 1 0 3 4 5 B8 B6 1 2 0 5 3 4 V6 226 Diagram* reference Diagram price list code 2501 A05Z 2502 A10Z 2503 A15Z 2504 A20Z Separate cam switches > 6-WAY SWITCHES WITHOUT OFF DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) (with link for common point) Contact Nos. Positions 1 2 3 4 5 6 - - - - - - 1 -2 3 -4 5 -6 7 -8 9 -10 11 -12 X 13 -14 15 -16 17 -18 19 -20 21 -22 23 -24 X 25 -26 27 -28 29 -30 31 -32 33 -34 35 -36 X 37 -38 39 -40 41 -42 43 -44 45 -46 47 - 48 X X X X X 1 X X 2 X X X 6 12 X 3 4 X No. of contacts X X X X X X X X No. of poles 18 24 X Connection terminals* + links 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 *For diagrams without a link, replace number 2 by number 1 at the beginning of the diagram reference. SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) Cat. No. 30 45 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 Cat. No. B1 2 6 5 A1 3 456 2 1 60 1 3 4 2 6 3 5 4 A8 2 1 3 4 5 6 B8 A6 3 2 1 6 4 5 B6 1 6 23 4 5 5 4 3216 Cat. No. M1 227 Diagram* reference Diagram price list code 2651 A06Z 2652 A12Z 2653 A18Z 2654 A24Z Separate cam switches > 6-WAY SWITCHES WITH OFF DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) (with link for common point) Contact Nos. Positions 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 - - - - - 1 -2 3 -4 5 -6 7 -8 9 -10 11 -12 X 13 -14 15 -16 17 -18 19 -20 21 -22 23 -24 X 25 -26 27 -28 29 -30 31 -32 33 -34 35 -36 X 37 -38 39 -40 41 -42 43 -44 45 -46 47 - 48 X X X X X X X X X X X X X No. of poles 1 X 18 X 4 X 12 X 3 X 6 X 2 X No. of contacts 24 X Connection terminals* + links 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 *For diagrams without a link, replace number 2 by number 1 at the beginning of the diagram reference. SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) 30 45 0 1 2 3 4 65 Cat. No. 5 4 J1 2 3 A8 1 2 3 0 6 B1 0 6 10 2 0 0 5 0403 Cat. No. 6 1 A1 2 345 1 6 0 Cat. No. 0 4 5 B8 0 1 2 3 6 4 5 C8 228 Diagram* reference Diagram price list code 2601 A06Z 2602 A12Z 2603 A18Z 2604 A24Z Separate cam switches > 7-WAY SWITCHES WITHOUT OFF DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) (with link for common point) Contact Nos. 1 -2 3 -4 5 -6 7 -8 9 -10 11 -12 15 -16 Positions 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 - - - - X X X 13 -14 17 -18 19 -20 21 -22 23 -24 25 -26 27 -28 X 29 -30 31 -32 33 -34 35 -36 37 -38 39 -40 43 -44 X X X X X X X X X X X No. of poles 1 X X 7 X X 2 3 X No. of contacts 14 21 X Connection terminals* + links 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 43 44 41 - 42 45 - 46 47 - 48 *For diagrams without a link, replace number 2 by number 1 at the beginning of the diagram reference. SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) 30 45 1 2 3 4 5 76 Cat. No. 2 6 5 A1 3 456 2 7 1 Cat. No. 1 7 3 4 A8 2 3 4 1 7 B1 5 6 B8 1 2 3 Cat. No. 4 7 5 6 C8 229 Diagram* reference Diagram price list code 2751 A07Z 2752 A14Z 2753 A21Z Separate cam switches > 7-WAY SWITCHES WITH OFF DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) (with link for common point) Contact Nos. 1 -2 3 -4 5 -6 7 -8 9 -10 11 -12 15 -16 Positions 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 - - - X X X X 13 -14 17 -18 19 -20 21 -22 23 -24 25 -26 27 -28 X X 29 -30 31 -32 33 -34 35 -36 37 -38 39 -40 43 -44 X X X X X X 41 - 42 45 - 46 47 - 48 X X X No. of poles 1 X X 7 X X 2 3 X No. of contacts 14 21 X Connection terminals +* links 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 43 44 *For diagrams without a link, replace number 2 by number 1 at the beginning of the diagram reference. SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) 30 45 0 1 2 3 4 765 Cat. No. 1 5 4 A1 2 345 1 6 7 0 Cat. No. 0 7 6 B1 2 3 A8 1 0 2 3 7 6 4 5 B8 230 Diagram* reference Diagram price list code 2701 A07Z 2702 A14Z 2703 A21Z Separate cam switches > 8-WAY SWITCHES WITHOUT OFF DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) (with link for common point) Contact Nos. Positions 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 - - - - 1 -2 3 -4 5 -6 7 -8 9 -10 11 -12 13 -14 15 -16 X 17 -18 19 -20 21 -22 23 -24 25 -26 27 -28 29 -30 31 -32 X 33 -34 35 -36 37 -38 39 -40 41 -42 43 -44 45 -46 47 - 48 X X X X X X X X No. of poles 1 No. of contacts 8 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 2 3 16 24 Connection terminals* + links 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 *For diagrams without a link, replace number 2 by number 1 at the beginning of the diagram reference. SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) 30 45 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Cat. No. 2 6 5 A1 3 456 2 7 8 1 Cat. No. 1 8 7 B1 3 4 A8 2 1 3 4 8 7 5 6 B8 For more than 8 ways, please contact us. 231 Diagram* reference Diagram price list code 2851 A08Z 2852 A16Z 2853 A24Z Separate cam switches > 8-WAY SWITCHES WITH OFF DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) (with link for common point) Contact Nos. Positions 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 - - - 1 -2 3 -4 5 -6 7 -8 9 -10 11 -12 13 -14 15 -16 X 17 -18 19 -20 21 -22 23 -24 25 -26 27 -28 29 -30 31 -32 X 33 -34 35 -36 37 -38 39 -40 41 -42 43 -44 45 -46 47 - 48 X X X X X X X X X No. of poles 1 X X X 8 X 2 X No. of contacts 16 X X X X X X X X 3 24 Connection terminals* + links 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 *For diagrams without a link, replace number 2 by number 1 at the beginning of the diagram reference. SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) 30 0 1 2 3 4 8 65 7 Cat. No. A1 2 345 1 6 7 0 8 Cat. No. 10 2 3 4 Cat. No. B1 5 6 7 8 C1 For more than 8 ways, please contact us. 232 Diagram* reference Diagram price list code 2801 A08Z 2802 A16Z 2803 A24Z Separate cam switches > GROUPING SWITCHES FOR 2 ELEMENTS DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) Contact Nos. 1 -2 3 -4 5 -6 7 -8 9 -10 11 -12 13 -14 15 -16 17 -18 19 -20 21 -22 23 -24 25 -26 27 -28 29 -30 31 -32 33 -34 35 -36 37 -38 39 -40 41 -42 43 -44 45 -46 47 - 48 Positions 0 1 2 - - - - - - - - XX X XX X XX X XX X XX X XX X XX X XX X XX X XX X XX X XX X No. of poles No. of contacts 1 2 2 4 3 6 4 8 5 Connection terminals + links Diagram reference with off without off Diagram price list code 5201 5251 A02Z 5202 5252 A04Z 5203 5253 A06Z 5204 5254 A08Z 19 20 5205 5255 A10Z 21 22 23 24 5206 5256 A12Z 14 25 26 27 28 5207 5257 A14Z 8 16 29 30 31 32 5208 5258 A16Z 9 18 33 34 35 36 5209 5259 A18Z 10 20 37 38 39 40 5210 5260 A20Z 11 22 41 42 43 44 5211 5261 A22Z 12 24 45 46 47 48 5212 5262 A24Z 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 10 17 18 6 12 7 SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) Diagram with off position 30 45 0 1 2 0 Diagram without off position 60 1 0 90 1 0 1 2 30 1 2 45 1 2 60 90 1 2 1 2 2 2 Cat. No. A1 2 1 0 Cat. No. A8 1 2 A6 2 1 0 1 B6 0 2 1 Cat. No. V8 B4 2 M6 233 A4 2 2 1 B1 0 A6 2 1 1 2 A8 2 2 0 B8 0 A1 1 0 B1 A4 1 B8 1 B6 B4 Separate cam switches > GROUPING SWITCHES FOR 3 ELEMENTS DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) Contact Nos. 1 -2 3 -4 7 -8 5 -6 9 -10 11 -12 Positions 0 1 2 3 - - - - - - - X X XX X No. of poles No. of contacts 1 3 X XX X X 13 -14 15 -16 17 -18 X 19 -20 21 -22 23 -24 X XX X X XX X X 25 -26 27 -28 29 -30 X 31 -32 33 -34 35 -36 37 -38 39 -40 41 -42 X 43 -44 45 -46 47 - 48 3 9 12 5 15 6 18 7 21 X XX X X XX X X 6 4 X XX X X XX X X 2 8 Connection terminals + links 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 Diagram reference with off without off Diagram price list code 5301 5351 A03Z 5302 5352 A06Z 5303 5353 A09Z 5304 5354 A12Z 5305 5355 A15Z 5306 5356 A18Z 5307 5357 A21Z 5308 5358 A24Z SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) Diagram with off position 30 45 0 1 2 3 Cat. No. 2 3 1 0 60 1 0 2 3 1 1 2 3 V8 (45) 2 3 1 0 1 1 0 3 B6 1 60 2 1 1 90 1 2 3 2 3 2 3 A4 0 45 1 2 3 1 3 0 B8 3 2 2 30 0 A6 2 3 0 90 1 A8 B1 0 Cat. No. 0 A1 Cat. No. Diagram without off position A1 3 2 1 2 3 B4 A8 2 3 3 1 2 3 B6 0 V8 234 1 2 1 M8 2 1 B8 1 A4 3 2 1 B1 2 3 A6 2 0 M6 B4 Separate cam switches > GROUPING SWITCHES FOR 4 ELEMENTS DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) Contact Nos. 1 -2 3 -4 5 -6 7 -8 Positions 0 1 2 3 4 - - - - - - X X X X XX X 9 -10 11 -12 13 -14 15 -16 X 17 -18 19 -20 21 -22 23 -24 X 25 -26 27 -28 29 -30 31 -32 X 33 -34 35 -36 37 -38 39 -40 X 41 -42 43 -44 45 -46 47 - 48 X X X X XX X No. of poles 1 2 X X X XX X X X X XX X X X X XX X 8 12 4 16 6 Connection terminals + links 4 3 5 X X X XX X No. of contacts 20 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 Diagram reference with off without off Diagram price list code 5401 5451 A04Z 5402 5452 A08Z 5403 5453 A12Z 5404 5454 A16Z 5405 5455 A20Z 5406 5456 A24Z SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) Diagram with off position 30 45 0 1 2 3 4 0 60 1 4 Cat. No. A1 2 34 1 0 Cat. No. Diagram without off position 0 2 3 2 3 1 2 3 A6 1 4 0 B1 2 4 45 1 2 3 4 1 A8 1 30 0 B8 2 A1 3 4 2 1 3 4 B6 For more than 4 elements, please contact us. 235 90 1 1 3 4 2 3 4 A8 2 2 3 3 A4 2 4 1 1 B8 2 4 A6 3 4 1 B1 60 B6 3 4 B4 Separate cam switches > INSTRUMENT SWITCHES: AMMETER measurement on 3 circuits L1-L2-L3 with 1 ammeter and 3 cts with common point No. of Positions Contact Nos. 0 L1 L2 L3 - - - - - contacts 1 -2 XX 3 -4 XX 5 -6 XX 6 7 -8 XX 9 -10 XX 11 -12 XX Connection terminals + links L3 Switching angle Diagram Diagram price reference list code L2 45 L1 0 L1 A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 8151 2 90 A06Z 3 2 7 L2 L3 L1 L3 L2 Cat. No. A8 L1 A4 L1 L2 L3 L2 0 2 11 0 0 Cat. No. L3 B8 B4 2 measurement on 3 circuits L1-L2-L3 with 1 ammeter and 3 cts without common point Contact Nos. 1 -2 3 -4 5 -6 7 -8 9 -10 11 -12 13 -14 15 -16 19 -20 No. of Positions 0 L1 L2 L3 - - - - - contacts XX XX XX XX XX 9 XX XX X XX XX Connection terminals + links L3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 11 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 Diagram Diagram price reference list code L2 45 L1 5 L2 L3 4 8157 A09Z Cat. No. 16 236 L1 L3 L2 A4 L1 L2 L3 L2 0 12 15 0 Cat. No. A8 L1 2 11 90 0 L1 A 3 9 10 Switching angle 0 B8 L3 B4 Separate cam switches > INSTRUMENT SWITCHES: AMMETER (continued) measurement on 3 circuits L1-L2-L3 with 1 ammeter, direct reading without ct Contact Nos. 1 -2 3 -4 5 -6 7-8 9 -10 11 -12 13 -14 15 -16 17 -18 No. of Positions 0 L1 L2 L3 - - - - - contacts XX XX XX XX XX 9 XX XX XX XX Connection terminals + links 1 2 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Diagram Diagram price reference list code L3 3 4 Switching angle L2 90 L1 0 A L1 L3 5 4 8164 3 2 11 L2 Cat. No. A09Z A4 L1 L2 0 12 15 14 237 0 Cat. No. L3 B4 Separate cam switches > INSTRUMENT SWITCHES: VOLTMETER measurement on 3-phase circuit with 1 voltmeter, reading between phases Contact Nos. 0 1 -2 3 -4 5 -6 7-8 Positions No. of - - - - contacts X X X X Diagram Diagram price reference list code Connection terminals + links L1 L2 L3 L2 L 3 L 1 X L3 4 X 1 2 5 6 1 7 8 45 L2 V 3 4 Switching angle 8351 0 L1 L2 A04Z Cat. No. A8 2 1 -2 3 -4 5 -6 7-8 9 -10 X X X X X X X 0 L3 L1 N 5 X 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 V 8 L2 L3 0 B8 L3 L2 B4 Switching angle Diagram Diagram price reference list code Connection terminals + links No. of contacts A4 L1 L2 L2 L3 L3 L1 L1 L2 measurement on 3-phase circuit with 1 voltmeter, reading between phases + between 1 phase and neutral L1 N L2 L3 7 Cat. No. Positions - - - L1 L2 L3 L1 L3 L1 4 L1 L2 L3 L2 L3 L1 0 L2 L3 6 Contact Nos. 0 90 45 L1 0 L1 L2 8356 L1 N A05Z L2 L3 L3 L1 4 Cat. No. 1 3 5 9 238 E8 Separate cam switches > INSTRUMENT SWITCHES: VOLTMETER (continued) measurement on 3-phase circuit with 1 voltmeter, reading between phases and between phases and neutral Contact Nos. 0 1 -2 3 -4 5 -6 7-8 9 -10 11 -12 Positions - L3 L1 L2 L3 N N N X X X X X X X X X X N 6 X X Diagram Diagram price reference list code Connection terminals + links No. of L2 L1 contacts L1 L3 L2 1 2 7 8 9 10 11 12 L2 L3 45 L1 V 3 4 5 6 Switching angle 1 0 8357 11 L1 L2 A06Z L1 N L2 L3 L2 N L3 L1 L3 N Cat. No. 2 C8 6 10 4 > 1 SPEED STARTER, 1 WAY - 3 PHASE MOTOR Y starter, one way, for single speed motor Positions Contact Nos. 0 Y - - - - - 1 -2 X X 3 -4 X 5 -6 XX 7-8 X X 9 -10 X 11 -12 X 13 -14 X X 15 -16 X X Diagram Diagram price reference list code Connection terminals + links No. of contacts 8 Switching angle 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 L1 1 4 W2 L2 12 45 L3 13 2 A08Z 14 6 0 Y Cat. No. A8 0 U2 V2 Y 9551 U1 W1 0 90 A4 Y Y 0 V1 15 11 Cat. No. AR32* B4 60 + SRO 0 Y Y Cat. No. 0 M6 + SRO** * * Y649, PR12 * Y652, PR12 Y642, PR17 26 Y639, PR17 26 Y643, PR40 160 Y640, PR40 160 239 Separate cam switches > 3-PHASE, 1-SPEED MOTOR CONTROL SWITCHES (continued) 1 speed starter, forward/reverse - 3 phase motor Contact FWDPositionsREV No. of Nos. 0 Y - - - - Y contacts 1 -2 X X 3 -4 XX 5 -6 XX 7-8 X X 9 -10 X X 10 11 -12 X X 13 -14 X X 15 -16 X X 17 -18 X X 19 -20 X X XX Switching angle Connection terminals + links 1 L1 1 3 2 4 5 7 6 8 9 11 10 12 13 15 14 16 17 19 18 20 Diagram Diagram price reference list code L2 5 9 Y L3 20 9153 U W A10Z Y 5 6 9 10 Cat. No. C8 V 19 16 4 15 *Switching angle Connection terminals + links 1 2 Y X 3 phase motor switch, forward/reverse, 1 speed No. of Contact Positions Nos. 0 FWD - - - - - REV contacts 1 -2 X 3 -4 X 5 -6 X 5 7-8 X 9 -10 X X 0 2 Z 45 L1 1 3 4 Diagram Diagram price reference list code L2 5 L3 9 2 7 8 W2 AR 0 9151 90 AV A05Z 0 AR Cat. No. U1 W1 45 C8 AV C4 U2 V2 10 V1 4 * AR = REV AV = FWD 240 Separate cam switches > 3-PHASE, 2-SPEED MOTOR CONTROL SWITCHES 2 speeds, 1 way without off - 3 phase dalhander motor (not suitable as starter) Contact Nos. 1 -2 3 -4 5 -6 7-8 9 -10 11 -12 13 -14 15 -16 YY X X X Positions - - - - - - X X 8 X X X Diagram Diagram price reference list code Connection terminals + links No. of contacts 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 L1 1 L2 12 2U2 45 L3 14 2 4 1U1 11 * Switching angle GV 9354 A08Z 2W2 GV Cat. No. A8 A4 GV GV PV 2V1 1V1 15 7 2V2 9 PV PV 2U1 2W1 1W1 90 PV Cat. No. B8 B4 PV PV GV GV GV PV Cat. No. D4 2 speeds, 1 way with off - 3 phase dalhander motor Contact Positions Nos. 0 YY - - - 1 -2 X 3 -4 X 5 -6 X 7-8 X 9 -10 X 11 -12 X 13 -14 X 15 -16 X - 8 * Switching angle Connection terminals + links No. of contacts M4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 L1 1 Diagram Diagram price reference list code L2 12 L3 14 45 0 0 90 0 PV GV 11 2U2 2 4 1U1 2U1 2W1 1W1 2V2 9 2W2 2V1 1V1 15 7 9552 A08Z 0 PV GV Cat. No. A8 A4 PV GV PV GV 0 0 Cat. No. B8 B4 0 PV 0 GV PV Cat. No. C8 GV C4 * = PV YY = GV 241 Separate cam switches > 3-PHASE, 2-SPEED MOTOR CONTROL SWITCHES (continued) 2 speeds, forward/reverse - 3 phase dalhander motor Contact FWD Positions REV No. of Nos. 0 YY - - - Y.. contacts 1 -2 X X 3 -4 X X 5 -6 X X 7-8 X X 9 -10 X X 11 -12 X X 12 13 -14 X X 15 -16 X X 17 -18 X X 19 -20 X X 21 -22 X X 23 -24 X X * Switching angle Connection terminals + links 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Diagram Diagram price reference list code L1 1 L2 5 2U2 0 L3 21 13 9 1U1 11 PV GV 9154 A12Z Positions - - - - LS HS X X X X - 1W1 X X X X 8 C8 2W2 2V1 1V1 22 19 2V2 18 * = PV YY = GV * Switching angle Connection terminals + links No. of contacts Cat. No. PV GV 2U1 2W1 starter, 2 speeds, 1 way - 2 coils A, B open Contact Nos. 0 1 -2 3 -4 5 -6 7-8 9 -10 11 -12 13 -14 15 -16 45 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Diagram Diagram price reference list code L1 1 1W2 L2 5 A 1U2 2W2 4 2V1 1V1 6 2U2 15 0 0 PV PV A08Z GV Cat. No. A8 A4 PV GV PV GV 0 0 Cat. No. B 12 2W1 90 GV 9553 10 1W1 1V2 13 0 0 L3 9 1U1 45 B8 B4 0 2V2 8 2U PV 0 GV PV Cat. No. C8 GV C4 * PV = LS GV = HS 242 Separate cam switches > 3-PHASE, 2-SPEED MOTOR CONTROL SWITCHES (continued) starter, forward/reverse, for 2 speed motor, 2 coils A, B open Contact FWD Positions Nos. 0 LS HS - - 1 -2 X X 3 -4 5 -6 7-8 X X 9 -10 X 11 -12 X 13 -14 X 15 -16 X 17 -18 X 19 -20 X 21 -22 X 23 -24 X REV HS LS X X X X X X Connection terminals + links No. of contacts X X X X * Switching angle 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 L1 1 1W2 9 Diagram Diagram price reference list code L2 5 L3 17 0 PV GV 1U1 A 12 X X 9156 18 1W1 1U2 1V2 21 A12Z X X X X X X X X X X 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Cat. No. C8 2U1 B 20 2W1 2V2 2V2 23 15 2V1 * Switching angle Diagram Diagram price reference list code Connection terminals + links REV No. of contacts HS LS PV GV 11 1V1 2W2 13 starter, forward/reverse, for 2 speed motor, 2 coils YA, YB open Contact FWD Positions 0 LS HS - - Nos. 1 -2 X X 3 -4 5 -6 7-8 X X 9 -10 X 11 -12 X 13 -14 X 15 -16 X 17 -18 X 19 -20 X 45 L1 1 L2 5 A 18 1W1 2V1 15 2U1 13 B 20 2W1 0 L3 17 1V1 11 1U1 9 45 PV GV 9163 A10Z Cat. No. PV GV C8 For function 1 way, see page 210, ref. diagram 2203, diagram price list code A06Z * AR = REV AV = FWD 243 Separate cam switches > MOTOR CONTROL SWITCHES - D.C. CURRENT OR SINGLE PHASE polarity or phase change-over with off position (D.C. current) No. of Contact Positions Nos. 0 1 2 - - - - - contacts 1 -2 X 3 -4 X 4 5 -6 X 7-8 X Switching angle Connection terminals + links 1 2 3 4 L1 1 5 6 7 8 4 Diagram Diagram price reference list code L2 5 9051 45 0 A04Z 1 90 0 1 2 2 2 Cat. No. A8 1 2 1 2 0 0 Cat. No. 1 A4 0 B8 B4 0 2 2 1 Cat. No. forward/reverse switch with off position for 1-speed single phase motor with permanent condenser (4 wires) Positions Contact Nos. 0 FWD - - - 1 -2 X 3 -4 X 5 -6 X 7-8 9 -10 11 -12 X - REV X X X X 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 C4 Switching angle Connection terminals + links No. of contacts C8 Diagram Diagram price reference list code N 1 Ph 3 11 12 7 2 9057C8 A06Z 45 AR 0 AV Cat. No. C8 * AR = REV AV = FWD 244 Separate cam switches > SWITCHES FOR COUPLING 2 RESISTORS coupling of 2 resistors with common point, 2-pole switching Switching angle Connection terminals + links No. of Positions Contact Nos. 0 1 2 3 - - - - contacts 1 -2 X X 3 -4 X 4 5 -6 X X 7 -8 X 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 L1 1 4 a R1 0 1 2 3 off R1 R2 R1+R2 series L2 5 6 b 4 7202 2 R1 R2 45 0 A04Z off R1+R2 series R2 R1 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 R1 Pos. a 0 1 2 3 off R1+R2 series R1 R1+R2 // Diagram Diagram price reference list code L2 5 2 b R1 R2 7204 6 A04Z 3 4 5 6 7 8 off R1 R1+R2 series R2 0 1 1 2 L2 5 4 8 A4 1 2 3 B8 B4 Switching angle 7207 45 0 A04Z 1 90 0 2 3 1 3 2 Cat. No. A8 1 A4 2 3 0 Cat. No. 245 1 3 0 Diagram Diagram price reference list code L1 1 off R1 R2 R1+R2 // 90 2 3 Cat. No. Pos. Function B4 0 2 3 0 6 0 1 2 3 B8 Cat. No. A8 b 2 2 3 R2 4 Connection terminals + links 1 2 1 45 Function: coupling of 2 resistors without common point, 2-pole switching No. of Positions Contact Nos. 0 1 2 3 - - - - contacts 1 -2 X X 3 -4 X X 4 5 -6 X X 7 -8 X X A4 Switching angle 4 6 2 0 Cat. No. L1 1 a 1 3 2 3 0 Connection terminals + links 1 2 0 2 3 Cat. No. A8 b coupling of 2 resistors with common point, 2-pole switching No. of Positions Contact Nos. 0 1 2 3 - - - - contacts 1 -2 X X X 3 -4 X 4 5 -6 X X 7 -8 X 1 90 R2 6 2 Pos. a Diagram Diagram price list code reference 1 0 B8 2 3 B4 Separate cam switches > SWITCHES FOR COUPLING 3 RESISTORS coupling of 3 resistors without common point, 2-pole switching No. of Positions Contact Nos. 0 1 2 3 - - - - contacts 1 -2 X X X 3 -4 X X 5 -6 X 6 7 -8 X X X 9 -10 X X 11 -12 X Switching angle Diagram Diagram price reference list code Connection terminals + links 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 L1 3 L2 9 4 6 2 R1 8 R2 R3 10 12 0 7211 A06Z 1 off R1 R1+R2 // R1+R2+R3// 7 8 L2 5 L3 7 R1 R2 R3 6 8 4 Pos. Function 0 1 2 3 A4 1 0 Diagram Diagram price list code reference 2 5 6 2 2 3 B8 B4 Switching angle L1 1 3 4 1 3 2 3 Cat. No. Connection terminals + links 1 2 0 2 3 0 coupling of 3 resistors, 3-phase network, total cut-off at off No. of Positions Contact Nos. 0 1 2 3 - - - - contacts 1 -2 X X X 3 -4 X 4 5 -6 X X X 7 -8 X X 1 90 Cat. No. A8 Pos. Function 0 1 2 3 45 off R1 (L1/L2) R1 (L1/L2), R2 (L2/L3) R1, R2, R3 in ? 7607 45 A04Z 0 1 0 2 3 1 3 2 Cat. No. A8 1 A4 2 3 0 Cat. No. 246 90 1 0 B8 2 3 B4 Separate cam switches > CODING SWITCHES coding switch with off Positions No. of Contact Nos. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 contacts 1 -2 X X X X X X 3 -4 XX XX X X 4 5 -6 X X 7 -8 X X Switching angle Connection terminals + links 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Diagram Diagram price reference list code 6501 Cat. No. A1 Switching angle Connection terminals + links 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Diagram Diagram price reference list code 6502 30 A04Z 12 1 2 3 11 4 5 10 98 6 7 Cat. No. coding switch, BCD code, 0 to 9 (with complete rotation possible) Positions No. of Contact Nos. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 - - contacts 1 -2 X X X X X 3 -4 XX XX 4 5 -6 X X 7 -8 XX 11 0 1 2 10 3 4 9 87 5 6 A04Z coding switch without off Positions No. of Contact Nos. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 contacts 1 -2 X X X X X X 3 -4 XX XX X X 4 5 -6 X X X 7 -8 X X 30 Connection terminals + links 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Switching angle Diagram Diagram price reference list code 6503 30 0 1 2 3 4 9 87 5 6 A04Z Cat. No. 247 A1 A1 Separate cam switches > CODING SWITCHES (continued) complementary BCD code, 0 to 9 (with complete rotation possible) Contact Nos. 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 Positions No. of 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 - - contacts X X X X X XX XX XX 4 X X XX X X Connection terminals + links 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Switching angle Diagram Diagram price reference list code 6504 Positions 23 4 5 6 7 8 X X X X XX XX X X X X X X X XX X X X X No. of 9 - - contacts X X X 8 0 1 A04Z 2 3 4 9 87 5 6 Cat. No. BCD code, 0 to 9 + complementary BCD code (with complete rotation possible) Contact Nos. 0 1 1-2 X 3-4 5-6 7-8 9 - 10 X 11 - 12 X X 13 - 14 X 15 - 16 X 30 Connection terminals + links 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 248 A1 Switching angle Diagram Diagram price list code reference 6505 A08Z 30 0 1 2 3 4 9 87 5 6 Cat. No. A1 Separate cam switches To order your cam switch, it is essential to follow the 5-step procedure (see presentation on p. 126) Mini cam switches are only available in standard formats. > III - CHOICE OF MOUNTING Image Page > 2-screw panel mount 250 250 250 > Single hole mounting O 22 251 251 251 252 > Single hole mounting O 30 253 253 253 > Rear mounting 254 254 254 > Dimensions 255 255 257 259 259 260 261 262 Intervals 30 or 50 Intervals 35 or 36, 48, 54, 68 With plate frame and handle With key with selector switch One-piece with handle One-piece with key Intervals 48 or 68 On DIN rail Front and rear mounting (E and S) Front mounting (EZ) Single hole mounting O 22 (E N48MD50) Single hole mounting O 22 (E C21XXXX) Single hole mounting O 30 (E 30PN) Single hole mounting O 30 (E 30C) Rear mounting on DIN rail (SX) 249 Separate cam switches Dimensions (p. 255) > FRONT MOUNTING 2 SCREWS - 30 OR 50 MM INTERVAL Cat. No. O 10 O 4,3 30 O 10 O 4,3 50 For PR 12 to PR 160 Price list code PR 12 PR 17 PR 21 PR 26 - E E E E PR 40 PR 63 PR 125 PR 160 - E E E E For foolproof shaft profile, add D to the type of mounting code (ED) 2 SCREWS - 35 MM INTERVAL OR 36, 48, 54 OR 68 35 O 10 O 4,3 Cat. No. For PR 12 to PR 160 Price list code 35 mm interval PR 12 PR 17 PR 21 PR 26 Y533 Y523 Y524 Y525 EZ35 EZ35 EZ35 EZ35 Y654 Y523 Y524 Y525 EZ36 EZ36 or EZ48 EZ36 or EZ48 EZ36 or EZ54 Y527 Y528 Y531 Y532 EZ68 EZ68 EZ68 EZ68 O 4,3 O 10 36, 48 ou 54 36, 48, or 54 interval (see end of code) PR 12 PR 17 PR 21 PR 26 O 4,3 O 10 68 68 mm interval PR 40 PR 63 PR 125 PR 160 For foolproof shaft profile, add D to the type of mounting code (eg: EZD35) 250 Separate cam switches Dimensions (p. 259) > ONE-HOLE MOUNTING O 22 WITH PLATE, FRAME AND HANDLE For PR 12 Cat. No. Max. number of contacts accepted: 12 O 3,2 11,1 Price list code O 22,3 +0,4 -0 48 legend plate with handle 48 legend plate with standard handle and aluminium legend plate SELECTOR SWITCH WITH KEY N48MD50 N48MD50 N480MD50 N480MD50 For PR 12 Cat. No. Supplied with 2 keys n455 Max. number of contacts accepted: 8 Legend plate can be used (p. 281) Price list code O 3,2 11,1 Key lock 90/45 for O 22,3 +0,4 -0 - For other bezels, replace 21 in the reference and the price list code with: 22 - black plastic 23 - grey plastic 24 - brilliant chromed brass 25 - brilliant chromed plastic 5 mm shaft Key free in: 1-3-5-7 3-7 1-5 2-4-6-8 2-6 4-8 8 1 2 3 7 6 5 4 C21RC00 C21RD00 C21RE00 C21RF00 C21RG00 C21RH00 C21RC00 C21RD00 C21RE00 C21RF00 C21RG00 C21RH00 C21RC48 C21RD48 C21RE48 C21RF48 C21RG48 C21RH48 C21RC48 C21RD48 C21RE48 C21RF48 C21RG48 C21RH48 C21RJ00 C21RK00 C21RQ00 C21RR00 C21RL00 C21RM00 C21RS00 C21RT00 C21RJ00 C21RK00 C21RQ00 C21RR00 C21RL00 C21RM00 C21RS00 C21RT00 C21RJ48 C21RK48 C21RQ48 C21RR48 C21RL48 C21RM48 C21RS48 C21RT48 C21RJ48 C21RK48 C21RQ48 C21RR48 C21RL48 C21RM48 C21RS48 C21RT48 48 plate, key free in: 1-3-5-7 3-7 1-5 2-4-6-8 2-6 4-8 8 1 2 3 7 6 Key lock 60/30 for 5 4 5 mm shaft Key free in: 1-3-5-7-9-11 1-7 3-9 5-11 2-4-6-8-10-12 4-10 2-8 6-12 12 1 2 3 11 4 10 5 9 8 7 6 48 plate, key free in: 1-3-5-7-9-11 1-7 3-7 5-11 2-4-6-8-10-12 4-10 2-8 6-12 251 12 1 2 3 11 4 10 5 9 8 7 6 Separate cam switches Dimensions (p. 259) > ONE-HOLE MOUNTING O 22 (continued) WITH SELECTOR SWITCH Cat. No. For PR 12 O 3,2 Max. number of contacts accepted: 12 11,1 Price list code O 22,3 +0,4 -0 - For other bezels, replace 21 in the reference and the price list code with: 22 - black plastic 23 - grey plastic 24 - brilliant chromed brass 25 - brilliant chromed plastic 26 - matt anodised aluminium Handle Red Green Black Grey C21RA01 C21RA02 C21RA03 C21RA08 C21RA01 C21RA02 C21RA03 C21RA08 C21RB01 C21RB02 C21RB03 C21RB08 C21RB01 C21RB02 C21RB03 C21RB08 Long handle Red Green Black Grey 252 Separate cam switches Dimensions (p. 260-261) > SINGLE HOLE MOUNTING O 30 ONE-PIECE SELECTOR SWITCH Cat. No. O 30,5 +0,5 -0 15,1 O 3,2 The block consists of: - 1 head and a plastic bezel enabling single hole o 30 mounting - a grey/black small handle Max. number of contacts accepted: 24 Price list code PR 17 PR 21 PR 26 302PN 303PN 304PN Extra charge for chrome brass bezel (instead of plastic) Y644(1) 30PN 30PN 30PN to be specified (1) To be added at the end of the reference and price list code ONE-PIECE KEY OPERATED 15,1 O 3,2 O 30,5 +0,5 -0 The block consists of: - 1 head and a plastic bezel enabling single hole o 30 mounting - 2 keys no. 455 or 1424 A to be stated on order The key acts as an operating handle The key is always captive: in positions 2-4-6-8 The key is free: in positions 1-3-5-7 (form p. 287) The key can be captive: in positions 1 + 5 or 3 + 7 The serrated edge of the key acts as an indicator of the switch position Max. number of contacts accepted: 8 Price list code PR 17 PR 21 PR 26 8 1 2 3 7 6 5 4 30C2 30C3 30C4 30C 30C 30C Y646 Y644(1) Y645(1) to be specified to be specified Extra charges Key with plastic grip (recommended for more than 4 contacts) Chrome brass bezel Other key (other than 455 or 1424) (1) To be added at the end of the reference and price list code 253 30CM Separate cam switches Dimensions (p. 255) > REAR MOUNTING 2 SCREWS - INTERVAL 48 OR 68 Cat. No. O 4,3 48 O 4,3 68 For PR 12 to PR 160 Price list code PR 12 PR 17 PR 21 PR 26 Y513 Y503 Y504 Y505 S S S S PR 40 PR 63 PR 125 PR 160 Y507 Y508 Y511 Y517 S S S S ON DIN RAIL Cat. No. For PR 12 to PR 26 Price list code Max. number of contacts accepted: 8 PR 12 PR 17 PR 21 PR 26 Y553 Y543 Y544 Y545 254 SX SX SX SX Separate cam switches > DIMENSIONS FRONT AND REAR MOUNTING (E AND S) No. of contacts PR 12 42 Front mounting "E" 40 P 66 rear mounting "S" Front mounting P* Rear mounting P* 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 17-18 19-20 21-22 23-24 36 46 56 66 76 86 122 132 142 152 162 172 42 52 62 72 82 92 128 138 148 158 168 178 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 17-18 19-20 21-22 23-24 33 45 57 69 81 93 105 117 129 141 153 165 39 51 63 75 87 99 111 123 135 147 159 171 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 17-18 19-20 21-22 23-24 36 51 66 81 96 111 126 141 156 171 186 201 42 57 72 87 102 117 132 147 162 177 192 207 P PR 17/21 48 Front mounting "E" P 50 66 rear mounting "S" P PR 26 60 Front mounting "E" P 53 66 rear mounting "S" P * P = Depth 255 Separate cam switches > DIMENSIONS (continued) FRONT AND REAR MOUNTING (E AND S) PR 40/63 Front mounting "E" O 80 P Front mounting P* Rear mounting P* 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 17-18 19-20 21-22 23-24 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 70 90 110 130 150 170 190 210 230 250 270 290 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 80 120 160 200 240 280 90 130 170 210 250 290 82 rear mounting "S" No. of contacts P PR 125/160 Front mounting "E" 120 O 80 70 P 82 rear mounting "S" P * P = Depth 256 Separate cam switches > DIMENSIONS (continued) FRONT MOUNTING (EZ) 35 36 43 PR 12 P 43 36 48 66 PR 17/21 P 35 36 54 66 PR 26 35 P * P = Depth 257 No. of contacts P* 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 17-18 19-20 21-22 23-24 36 46 56 66 76 86 122 132 142 152 162 172 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 17-18 19-20 21-22 23-24 39 51 63 75 87 99 111 123 135 147 159 171 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 17-18 19-20 21-22 23-24 42 57 72 87 102 117 132 147 162 177 192 207 Separate cam switches > DIMENSIONS (continued) FRONT MOUNTING (EZ) 68 82 PR 40/63 P PR 125/160 70 120 68 82 O 80 P * P = Depth 258 No. of contacts P* 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 17-18 19-20 21-22 23-24 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 80 120 160 200 240 280 Separate cam switches > DIMENSIONS (continued) SINGLE HOLE MOUNTING O 22 (E N48MD50) PR 12 40 x 42 O30 P 26 No. of contacts P* 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 51 61 71 81 91 101 No. of contacts P* 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 51 61 71 81 SINGLE HOLE MOUNTING O 22 (E C21XXXX) PR 12 With key 42 x 40 O30 32 P 56 42 x 40 O30 P 26 With handle/long handle 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 * P = Depth 259 51 61 71 81 91 101 Separate cam switches > DIMENSIONS (continued) SINGLE HOLE MOUNTING O 30 (E 30PN) 48 x 50 PR 17/21 P 17 21 53 x 60 PR 26 P 17 21 * P = Depth 260 No. of contacts P* 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 17-18 19-20 21-22 23-24 47.5 59.5 71.5 83.5 95.5 107.5 119.5 131.5 143.5 155.5 167.5 179.5 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 17-18 19-20 21-22 23-24 50.5 65.5 80.5 95.5 110.5 125.5 140.5 155.5 170.5 185.5 200.5 215.5 Separate cam switches > DIMENSIONS (continued) SINGLE HOLE MOUNTING O 30 (E 30C) 50 x 48 PR 17/21 P 17 21 58 x 55 PR 26 P 17 21 * P = Depth 261 No. of contacts P* 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 17-18 19-20 21-22 23-24 56.5 68.5 80.5 92.5 104.5 116.5 128.5 140.5 152.5 164.5 176.5 188.5 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 17-18 19-20 21-22 23-24 59.5 74.5 89.5 104.5 119.5 134.5 149.5 164.5 179.5 194.5 209.5 224.5 Separate cam switches > DIMENSIONS (continued) REAR MOUNTING ON DIN RAIL (SX) PR 12 No. of contacts P* 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 36 46 56 66 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 49 61 73 85 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 52 67 82 97 P PR 17/21 P PR 26 P * P = Depth 262 Separate cam switches To order your cam switch, it is essential to follow the 5-step procedure (see presentation on p. 126) Mini cam switches are only available in standard formats. > IV - CHOICE OF PRESENTATION Page > Complete plate, frame and handle 264 264 > Plate, frame and handle: other combinations 265 265 266 > Padlockable 267 267 268 > Enclosure 270 270 271 272 > With key locking 274 274 > Parallel coupling of 2 switches 275 275 > Serial coupling of 2 switches 276 276 > Dual-voltage device 277 277 PR 12 to PR 160 Plate and frame for PR 12 to PR 160 Handles for PR 12 to PR 160 Plate, frame and handle for PR 12 to PR 160 Clutch drive without door interlock for PR 12 to PR 160 Compact size BPR for PR 12 Normal type BC for PR 12 to PR 26 Normal type BCF for PR 40 to PR 63 Plate, frame and handle for PR 12 to PR 160 With handle PR 12 to PR 160 With handle PR 12 to PR 160 With plate, frame and handle PR 12 to PR 26 263 Separate cam switches Standard engraving (p. 286) > PLATE, FRAME AND HANDLE Type Cat. No. For PR 12 to PR 160 Aluminium plate + grey/black handle/long handle Blank label The price for the presentation includes engraving of the usual texts and symbols (engraving to be specified) Price list code PR 12 to PR 26 O 28 22 26 5+1 5+1 Q48PN 26 Q64PN 30 30 72 90 O 28 64 5+1 5+1 26 Q64MN Q72MN 34 96 O 42 5 Q48PN Q480PN Q48PC Q480PC Q48PN50 Q480PN50 Q48PC50 Q480PC50 64 plate and frame + small handle + duty label + small handle + small lever + Duty label + small lever Q64PN Q640PN Q64PC Q640PC Q64PN50 Q640PN50 Q64PC50 Q640PC50 64 plate and frame + medium handle + duty label + medium handle + small lever + small lever Q64MN Q640MN Q64PC Q640PC Q64MN60 Q640MN60 Q64PC60 Q640PC60 72 plate and frame + medium handle + duty label + medium handle + small lever + Duty label + small lever Q72MN Q720MN Q72PC Q720PC Q72MN60 Q720MN60 Q72PC60 Q720PC60 96 plate and frame + large handle + large lever Q96GN Q96GC Q96GN60 Q96GC60 PR 40 to PR 160 O 28 80 64 80 22 48 60 O 28 48 plate and frame + small handle + duty label + small handle + small lever + Duty label + small lever 26 31 Extra charges Q96GN Standard engraving Customised engraving 264 Y000 Y100 Separate cam switches Standard engraving (p. 286) > PLATE AND FRAME Other combinations Cat. No. 48 For PR 12 to PR 160 For complete presentation, add handle The price for the presentation includes engraving of standard texts and symbols (p. 286) Other engraving (form p. 287) Duty label with aluminium plate 5+1 48 Price list code 64 Q61 5+1 64 72 Q780 5+1 96 72 5 96 48 plate (PR 12 to PR 26) Red Red with duty label Black Black with duty label Yellow Yellow with duty label Aluminium Aluminium with duty label Q41 Q410 Q43 Q430 Q45 Q450 Q48 Q480 Q41 Q410 Q43 Q430 Q45 Q450 Q48 Q480 64 plate (PR 12 to PR 160) Red Red with duty label Black Black with duty label Yellow Yellow with duty label Aluminium Aluminium with duty label Q61 Q610 Q63 Q630 Q65 Q650 Q64 Q640 Q61 Q610 Q63 Q630 Q65 Q650 Q64 Q640 72 plate (PR 12 to PR 160) Red Red with duty label Black Black with duty label Yellow Yellow with duty label Aluminium Aluminium with duty label Q71 Q710 Q73 Q730 Q75 Q750 Q72 Q720 Q71 Q710 Q73 Q730 Q75 Q750 Q72 Q720 96 plate (PR 40 to PR 160) Red Black Yellow Aluminium Q91 Q93 Q95 Q96 Q91 Q93 Q95 Q96 265 Separate cam switches > HANDLES Other combinations For PR 12 to PR 160 O 28 22 For complete products, add plate + handle Price list code 26 MN61 PR 12 to PR 26 PN 30 O 28 26 Red - small handle Black - small handle Red - medium handle Black - medium handle Red - large handle Black - large handle Red - small lever Black - small lever PN51 PN53 MN51 MN53 GN51 GN53 PC51 PC53 PN51 PN53 MN51 MN53 GN51 GN53 PC51 PC53 MN61 MN63 GN61 GN63 PC61 PC63 GC61 GC63 MN61 MN63 GN61 GN63 PC61 PC63 GC61 GC63 PR 40 to PR 160 MN 34 O 42 31 GN Red - medium handle Black - medium handle Red - large handle Black - large handle Red - small lever Black - small lever Red - large lever Black - large lever Version with foolproofing and other colours (see p. 279/280) 70 O 28 42 PC O 42 116 GN63 Cat. No. 55 GC 266 Separate cam switches Standard engraving (p. 286) > PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION Other combinations Cat. No. For PR 12 to PR 160 82 Yellow presentation, red handle for up to 4 padlocks 22 65 Price list code PR 12 to PR 26 - Mounting 30 mm interval J48PN51 small frame 100 Without engraving With engraving (state requirement) With engraving (Inter principal) With engraving (Hauptschalter) With engraving (Main switch) 22 80 48, Medium frame J48PN51 J480PN51 J481PN51 J482PN51 J483PN51 J72MN51 J720MN51 J721MN51 J722MN51 J723MN51 J72MN51 J720MN51 J721MN51 J722MN51 J723MN51 J72MN61 J720MN61 J721MN61 J722MN61 J723MN61 J72MN61 J720MN61 J721MN61 J722MN61 J723MN61 J960GN61 J961GN61 J962GN61 J963GN61 J960GN61 J961GN61 J962GN61 J963GN61 72, Without engraving With engraving (state requirement) With engraving (Inter principal) With engraving (Hauptschalter) With engraving (Main switch) V723MN J48PN51 J480PN51 J481PN51 J482PN51 J483PN51 PR 40 to PR 160 - Mounting 50 mm interval 116 Medium frame 96 24 - For version with grey plate, grey/black handle, replace the letter J with the letter V in the reference and delete the last 2 two digits (51 or 61) - If the switching angle is different from 60 replace V with G in the reference - For difference mounting intervals, the addition of an adaptor plate allows intervals EZ 35, EZ 36/48/68 (see p. 257/258) The reference then becomes: J44/440 for 48 J74/740 for 72 J940 for 96 72, medium red handle Without engraving With engraving (state requirement) With engraving (Inter principal) With engraving (Hauptschalter) With engraving (Main switch) Large frame 96, With engraving (state requirement) With engraving (Inter principal) With engraving (Hauptschalter) With engraving (Main switch) Extra charges Standard engraving Customised engraving IP 65 version Y000 Y100 Y661 If the switching angle is different from 60, replace J with H 267 Separate cam switches Standard engraving (p. 286) > PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION (continued) With clutch drive and without door interlock Cat. No. For PR 12 to PR 160 Yellow presentation, red handle for up to 4 padlocks Rear mounting Price list code PR 12 to PR 26 Small frame 48, Front mounting possible (A, C or D see p. 269) R5J48PN61 Without engraving With engraving (state requirement) With engraving (Inter principal) With engraving (Hauptschalter) With engraving (Main switch) P X S mounting method (see p. 255) X = 45 to 65 mm (+ 31, 62 or 93 mm with extension piece) R5J48PN61 R5J480PN61 R5J481PN61 R5J482PN61 R5J483PN61 R5J48PN61 R5J480PN61 R5J481PN61 R5J482PN61 R5J483PN61 R5J72MN61 R5J720MN61 R5J721MN61 R5J722MN61 R5J723MN61 R5J72MN61 R5J720MN61 R5J721MN61 R5J722MN61 R5J723MN61 Medium frame 72, Front mounting possible (A, C, D or E see p. 269) Without engraving With engraving (state requirement) With engraving (Inter principal) With engraving (Hauptschalter) With engraving (Main switch) If the switching angle is different from 60: Replace J with H 268 Separate cam switches Standard engraving (p. 286) > PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION (continued) With clutch drive and without door interlock A O 4,3 O 10 B O 4,3 O 10 30 50 PR 12 to 26 PR 40 to 160 Cat. No. For PR 12 to PR 160 Yellow presentation, red handle for up to 4 padlocks Rear mounting Price list code PR 40 to PR 160 D C O 10 O 10 35 O 4,3 O 4,3 Without engraving With engraving (state requirement) With engraving (Inter principal) With engraving (Hauptschalter) With engraving (Main switch) 36 E O 10 O 4,3 60 O 10 48 R6J72MN61 R6J720MN61 R6J721MN61 R6J722MN61 R6J723MN61 R6J72MN61 R6J720MN61 R6J721MN61 R6J722MN61 R6J723MN61 R6J960GN61 R6J961GN61 R6J962GN61 R6J963GN61 R6J960GN61 R6J961GN61 R6J962GN61 R6J963GN61 Large frame 96, Front mounting possible (B, C, D, E, or G) F O 4,3 Medium frame 72, Front mounting possible (B, C, D or E) With engraving (state requirement) With engraving (Inter principal) With engraving (Hauptschalter) With engraving (Main switch) Extra charges Extra charge for standard engraving Extra charge for customised engraving Extra charge for IP 65 version G O 4,3 O 10 68 - For version with grey plate, grey/black handle replace the letter J with the letter V in the reference and delete 61 Y000 Y100 Y662 Accessories Adjusting clips for door alignment Extension piece 31 mm, for control shaft (max. 3 per switch) Relay terminals 16 mm2 (pair) Operating key, when door open If the switching angle is different from 60: Replace J with H - For clutch drive with door interlock replace the letter R with V in the reference 269 WR01 WR01 WR02 WR03 WR04 WR02 WR03 WR04 Separate cam switches Standard engraving (p. 286) > ENCLOSURE TYPE BPR Cat. No. Compact size PR 12 for mounting in enclosure, special version with inverted terminals Base mounting PR 12 Enclosure in light grey, self-extinguishing thermoplastic IP 40 4 knock-out o 19 cable entries for Pg 11 with nut The price for the presentation includes engraving of the standard texts and symbols Price list code O28 65 P P* 46 58 50 22 76 O 4,3 or M4 26 Price list code BPR01 BPR02 Contacts 1-2 contacts 3-4 contacts P * = Depth - for other legend plate colours replace Q48 (in the reference and price list code) with: Q41 - 48 red legend plate Q43 - 48 black legend plate Q45 - 48 yellow legend plate - for other handle colours replace PN (in the reference) with: PN51 - small red handle PN53 - small black handle PR 12 - 1 or 2 contacts 48 plate and frame Aluminium, small grey/black handle Yellow, padlockable presentation small red handle Grey, padlockable presentation, small grey-black handle BPR01Q48 BPRQ48PN BPR01J BPRJ48PN51 BPR01V BPRV48PN BPR02Q48 BPRQ48PN BPR02J BPRJ48PN51 BPR02V BPRV48PN CM10P CM10P PR 12 - 3 or 4 contacts 48 plate and frame Aluminium, small grey/black handle Yellow, padlockable presentation small red handle Grey, padlockable presentation, small grey-black handle Accessories Cable gland Pg11 with nut Extra charges Standard engraving Customised engraving IP 65 version Foolproofing (see p. 291) 270 Y000 Y100 Y632 Separate cam switches Standard engraving (p. 286) > ENCLOSURE TYPE BC Cat. No. Standard size enclosure PR 12 to PR 26 Version with base mounted cam switch Enclosure in self-extinguishing thermoplastic black base, light grey cover IP 40 4 knock-out o 23 cable entries for Pg 16 with nut The price for the presentation includes engraving standard texts and symbols O 4,3 or M4 P P* 77 101 109 22 120 x 96 O28 26 Price list code BC21-23 BC22-24 Contacts 1-6 contacts (1-4 PR26) 7-10 contacts (5-8 PR26) P * = Depth - for other colours, legend plates and handles replace Q3 (in the reference and price list code with: Q1 - aluminium legend plate, red handle R1 - red legend plate, red handle J1 - red legend plate, yellow handle N3 - black legend plate, black handle Price list code PR 12 - 1 to 6 contacts 64 plate and frame Aluminium, black handle BC21Q3 48 plate and frame Yellow, padlockable presentation red handle BC21J48 Grey, padlockable presentation, grey/black handle BC21V48 BCQ3 BCJ48 BCV48 PR 12 - 7 to 10 contacts 64 plate and frame Aluminium, black handle BC22Q3 48 plate and frame Yellow, padlockable presentation red handle BC22J48 Grey, padlockable presentation, grey/black handle BC22V48 BCQ3 BCJ48 BCV48 PR 17-21 - 1 to 6 contacts PR 26 - 1 to 4 contacts 64 plate and frame Aluminium, black handle BC23Q3 48 plate and frame Yellow, padlockable presentation red handle BC23J48 Grey, padlockable presentation, grey/black handle BC23V48 BCQ3 BCJ48 BCV48 PR 17-21 - 7 to 10 contacts PR 26 - 5 to 8 contacts 64 plate and frame Aluminium, black handle BC24Q3 48 plate and frame Yellow, padlockable presentation red handle BC24J48 Grey, padlockable presentation, grey/black handle BC24V48 BCQ3 BCJ48 BCV48 Accessories Cable gland Pg16 with nut Relay terminals (pair) Tamperproof screw (pair) CM14P WR03 WR05 Extra charges Standard engraving Customised engraving IP 65 version 271 Y000 Y100 Y663 CM14P WR03 WR05 Separate cam switches Standard engraving (p. 286) > ENCLOSURE TYPE BCF Cat. No. Standard size enclosure PR 40 to PR 63 107 145 118 30 P P 153 O 4,3 or M4 72 135 x 170 O28 6 31 Price list code BCF140-240 BCF340-440 Version with base mounted cam switch Enclosure in light grey, self-extinguishing thermoplastic IP 40 10 knock-out cable entries: 6 x o 29 for Pg 21 (2 above and below, 1 on each side) 4 x o 38 for Pg 29 (1 on each side) The price for the presentation includes engraving of the standard texts and symbols Contacts 1-4 contacts 5-8 contacts Price list code PR 40-63 - 1 and 2 contacts Without presentation 72 plate and frame Aluminium, medium grey/black handle Yellow, padlockable presentation medium red handle 96 plate and frame Aluminium, large grey/black handle BCF140 BCF BCF140Q72 BCFQ72MN BCF140J72 BCFJ72MN61 BCF140Q96 BCFQ96GN BCF240 BCF BCF240Q72 BCFQ72MN BCF240J72 BCFJ72MN61 BCF240Q96 BCFQ96GN P * = Depth PR 40-63 - 3 and 4 contacts Without presentation 72 plate and frame Aluminium, medium grey/black handle Yellow, padlockable presentation medium red handle 96 plate and frame Aluminium, large grey/black handle 272 Separate cam switches Standard engraving (p. 286) > ENCLOSURE TYPE BCF (continued) Cat. No. Standard size enclosure Price list code PR 40-63 - 5 and 6 contacts Without presentation 72 plate and frame Aluminium, medium grey/black handle Yellow, padlockable presentation medium red handle 96 plate and frame Aluminium, large grey/black handle BCF340 BCF BCF340Q72 BCFQ72MN BCF340J72 BCFJ72MN61 BCF340Q96 BCFQ96GN BCF440 BCF BCF440Q72 BCFQ72MN BCF440J72 BCFJ72MN61 BCF440Q96 BCFQ96GN CM18P CM24P CM18P CM24P PR 40-63 - 7 and 8 contacts Without presentation 72 plate and frame Aluminium, medium grey/black handle Yellow, padlockable presentation medium red handle 96 plate and frame Aluminium, large grey/black handle Accessories Cable gland Pg 21 with nut Cable gland Pg 29 with nut Extra charges Standard engraving Customised engraving IP 55 version 273 Y000 Y100 Y647 Separate cam switches Standard engraving (p. 286) > KEYLOCKING DEVICE Plate and frame (quadral) Cat. No. For PR 12 to PR 160 For switch in front mounting mode With keylocking 48 112 x 72 48 P 24 28 P *: front mounting E (p. 255) * P = Depth - for other plate colours - replace (in the reference and price list code) Q64 with: Q61 - red plate Q63 - black plate Q65 - yellow plate - replace (in the reference and price list code) Q72 with: Q71 - red plate Q73 - black plate Q75 - yellow plate Handle locked in all positions key no. 455 (or 1424A, state requirement on order, no extra charge) Key can be withdrawn in locked and unlocked positions On request, the handle can be: - locked in certain positions (to be stated on order) The key can be: - withdrawn in locked position only (to be stated on order) Price list code PR 12 to PR 160 64 plate and frame Aluminium, medium grey/black handle 72 plate and frame Aluminium, medium grey/black handle Q64MNC Q64MNC Q72MNC Q72MNC Extra charges Other combinations Foolproofing and special shaft (see p. 291) - for other medium handle colours PR 12 to PR 26 - replace (in the reference and price list code) MN with: MN51 - red medium handle MN53 - black medium handle - for other handle colours PR 40 to PR 160 - replace (in the reference and price list code) MN with: MN61 - red medium handle MN63 - black medium handle 274 Y645 Separate cam switches Standard engraving (p. 286) > PARALLEL COUPLING OF 2 SWITCHES Plate and frame (quadral) Cat. No. For PR 12 to PR 160 For switch in front mounting mode Applications: - For diagrams requiring more contacts than the maximum number possible - where there is limited depth available There is a driving switch actuated by the handle, and a driven switch actuated by a gear train Both switches have the same switching angle and number of positions P Price list code 48 180 x 70 O 4,3 O 10 P P *: front mounting E (p. 255) * P = Depth - for other plate colours, replace (in the reference and the price list code) Q64 with: Q61 - red plate Q63 - black plate Q65 - yellow plate Q72 with: Q71 - redplate Q73 - blackplate Q75 - yellow plate Q96 with: Q91 - red plate Q93 - black plate Q95 - yellow plate - for other handle colours, replace (in reference and price list code) For PR 12 to PR 26, MN or PC with: MN51 or PC51 - red medium handle / small lever MN53 or PC53 - black medium handle / small lever For PR40 to PR 160, MN or PC with: MN61 or PC61 - red medium handle / small lever MN63 or PC63 - black medium handle / small lever For PR40 to PR 160, GN or GC with: GN61 or GC61 - red large handle / large lever GN63 or GC63 - black large handle / large lever PR 12 to PR 160 Driving switch presentation 64 plate and frame Aluminium, medium grey/black handle 72 plate and frame Aluminium, medium grey/black handle 96 plate and frame Aluminium, large grey/black handle Q64MNAP Q64MNAP Q72MNAP Q72MNAP Q96GNAP Q96GNAP Extra charges Foolproofing and special shaft (see p. 291) Possibility of coupling 2 cam switches in parallel: Driven switch PR 12 PR 17 - PR 21 PR 26 PR 40 - PR 63 275 PR 12 X PR 17 - PR 21 X X Driving switch PR 26 PR 40 - PR 63 X X X X X X X PR 125 - PR 160 X X X Separate cam switches Standard engraving (p. 286) > SERIAL COUPLING OF 2 SWITCHES Plate and frame (quadral) Cat. No. For PR 12 to PR 160 For switch in front mounting mode O 4,3 O 10 Applications: - for very different current circuits - limited to 12 contact stages in total (1 PR stage 125-160 = 2 stages) There is a driving switch actuated by the handle, and a driven switch Both switches have the same switching angle and number of positions 30 PR 12 to PR 26 P P O 4,3 O 10 48 P *: see front mounting E (p. 255) Price list code PR 12 to PR 160 Driving switch presentation PR 40 to PR 160 * P = Depth - for other plate colours, replace (in the reference and the price list code) Q64 with: Q61 - red plate Q63 - black plate Q65 - yellow plate Q72 with: Q71 - red plate Q73 - blackplate Q75 - yellow plate Q96 with: Q91 - red plate Q93 - black plate Q95 - yellow plate - for other handle colours, replace (in reference and price list code) For PR 12 to PR 26, MN or PC with: MN51 or PC51 - red medium handle / small lever MN53 or PC53 - black medium handle / small lever For PR40 to PR 160, MN or PC with: MN61 or PC61 - red medium handle / small lever MN63 or PC63 - black medium handle / small lever For PR40 to PR 160, GN or GC with: GN61 or GC61 - red large handle / large lever GN63 or GC63 - black large handle / large lever 64 plate and frame Aluminium, medium grey/black handle 72 plate and frame Aluminium, medium grey/black handle 96 plate and frame Aluminium, large grey/black handle Q64MNAS Q64MNAS Q72MNAS Q72MNAS Q96GNAS Q96GNAS Extra charges Foolproofing and special shaft (see p. 291) Possibility of coupling 2 cam switches in series: Driven switch PR 12 PR 17 - PR 21 PR 26 PR 40 - PR 63 276 PR 12 PR 17 - PR 21 X Driving switch PR 26 PR 40 - PR 63 X X X X X PR 125 - PR 160 X X X X Separate cam switches Standard engraving (p. 286) > DUAL-VOLTAGE DEVICE Cat. No. Plate and frame (quadral) For PR 12 to PR 26 For switch in front mounting mode Applications: For locking the handle in the right or left position, to prevent wrong switching 0 220 V 18 O 4,3 O 6,5 380 V O 10 35 36 P Example: Off position in the middle and max. 90 rotation to right or left Price list code P *: see front mounting E (p. 255) * P = Depth - for other plate colours, replace (in the reference and the price list code) EZS64 with: EZS61 - red plate EZS63 - black plate EZS65 - yellow plate EZS72 with: EZS71 - red plate EZS73 - black plate EZS75 - yellow plate PR 12 Dual-voltage device with 64 plate and frame Aluminium, medium grey/black handle EZS64MN EZS64MN PR 17-21 and PR 26 Dual-voltage device with 72 plate and frame Aluminium, medium grey/black handle EZS72MN EZS72MN Extra charges Foolproofing and special shaft (see p. 291) - for other medium handle colours, replace (in reference and price list code) MN with: MN51 - red medium handle MN53 - black medium handle 277 Separate cam switches To order your cam switch, it is essential to follow the 5-step procedure (see presentation on p. 126) Mini cam switches are only available in standard formats. > V - OPTIONS AND COMPONENTS FUNCTIONS Page > Handles and levers 279 279 279 280 280 > Plates 281 281 282 282 > Plate and frame 283 283 284 284 > Rear protective shroud 285 285 > Engraving 286 286 286 > Automatic spring return 288 288 288 289 > Miscellaneous versions 289 290 290 290 290 291 291 > Empty enclosures (for local assembly) 292 292 292 292 Handles PR 12 to PR 26 Handles PR 40 to PR 160 Levers PR 12 to PR 26 Levers PR 40 to PR 160 Quadral type Duty label Frame Quadral type Mounting O 22 Terminal covers For PR 12 to PR 63 Standard engraving Customised engraving Reduced type RN Normal type R Special reinforced type RS One-way rotation (SRO) Blocking-off between 2 positions Tropicalised version Faston terminals Reinforced IP rating Special shafts BPR type BC type BCF type 278 Separate cam switches > HANDLES HANDLES O 28 For 22 PN O 28 Price list code Grey-black, without foolproofing Grey-black, with foolproofing PN50 PND50 PN50 PND50 Red, without foolproofing Red, with foolproofing PN51 PND51 PN51 PND51 Black, without foolproofing Black, with foolproofing PN53 PND53 PN53 PND53 Grey-black, without foolproofing Grey-black, with foolproofing MN50 MND50 MN50 MND50 Red, without foolproofing Red, with foolproofing MN51 MND51 MN51 MND51 Black, without foolproofing Black, with foolproofing MN53 MND53 MN53 MND53 Grey-black, without foolproofing Grey-black, with foolproofing GN50 GND50 GN50 GND50 Red, without foolproofing Red, with foolproofing GN51 GND51 GN51 GND51 Black, without foolproofing Black, with foolproofing GN53 GND53 GN53 GND53 30 Medium handle 26 MN51 5 shaft Small handle 26 PN50 Cat. No. FOR PR 12 TO PR 26 MN O 42 34 Large handle 31 GN Cat. No. FOR PR 40 TO PR 160 O 28 For 30 MN O 42 Grey-black, without foolproofing Grey-black, with foolproofing MN60 MND60 MN60 MND60 Red, without foolproofing Red, with foolproofing MN61 MND61 MN61 MND61 Black, without foolproofing Black, with foolproofing MN63 MND63 MN63 MND63 Grey-black, without foolproofing Grey-black, with foolproofing GN60 GND60 GN60 GND60 Red, without foolproofing Red, with foolproofing GN61 GND61 GN61 GND61 Black, without foolproofing Black, with foolproofing GN63 GND63 GN63 GND63 34 Large handle 31 GN Price list code Medium handle 26 GN63 6 shaft 279 Separate cam switches > LEVERS LEVERS Cat. No. For PR 12 to PR 40 O 28 For 5 shaft Price list code 70 Small levers 42 PC Grey-black, without foolproofing Grey-black, with foolproofing PC50 PCD50 PC50 PCD50 Red, without foolproofing Red, with foolproofing PC51 PCD51 PC51 PCD51 Black, without foolproofing Black, with foolproofing PC53 PCD53 PC53 PCD53 PC50 LEVERS Cat. No. For PR 40 to PR 160 O 28 For 6 shaft Price list code 70 Small levers 42 PC O 42 Grey-black, without foolproofing Grey-black, with foolproofing PC60 PCD60 PC60 PCD60 Red, without foolproofing Red, with foolproofing PC61 PCD61 PC61 PCD61 Black, without foolproofing Black, with foolproofing PC63 PCD63 PC63 PCD63 Grey-black, without foolproofing Grey-black, with foolproofing GC60 GCD60 GC60 GCD60 Red, without foolproofing Red, with foolproofing GC61 GCD61 GC61 GCD61 Black, without foolproofing Black, with foolproofing GC63 GCD63 GC63 GCD63 Large levers 116 PC60 55 GC 280 Separate cam switches Standard engraving (p. 286) > PLATES Cat. No. 48 Fit onto frame and onto one-hole mounting o 22 head (except 96) Price list code 5+1 64 48 5+1 Aluminium Red Black Yellow Transparent WE40 WE41 WE43 WE45 WE47 WE40 WE41 WE43 WE45 WE47 Aluminium - with engraving Red - with engraving Black - with engraving Yellow - with engraving Transparent - with engraving WE40000 WE41000 WE43000 WE45000 WE47000 WE40000 WE41000 WE43000 WE45000 WE47000 Aluminium Red Black Yellow Transparent WE60 WE61 WE63 WE65 WE67 WE60 WE61 WE63 WE65 WE67 Aluminium - with engraving Red - with engraving Black - with engraving Yellow - with engraving Transparent - with engraving WE60000 WE61000 WE63000 WE65000 WE67000 WE60000 WE61000 WE63000 WE65000 WE67000 Aluminium Red Black Yellow Transparent WE70 WE71 WE73 WE75 WE77 WE70 WE71 WE73 WE75 WE77 Aluminium - with engraving Red - with engraving Black - with engraving Yellow - with engraving Transparent - with engraving WE70000 WE71000 WE73000 WE75000 WE77000 WE70000 WE71000 WE73000 WE75000 WE77000 Aluminium Red Black Yellow WE90 WE91 WE93 WE95 WE90 WE91 WE93 WE95 Aluminium - with engraving Red - with engraving Black - with engraving Yellow - with engraving WE90000 WE91000 WE93000 WE95000 WE90000 WE91000 WE93000 WE95000 64 72 64 5+1 72 72 96 WE70000 48 5 96 96 For version with engraving see form (p. 287) 281 Separate cam switches Standard engraving (p. 286) > PLATES, DUTY LABELS AND FRAMES PLATES Cat. No. For single hole mounting o 30 Aluminium legend Price list code 48 UF36 Black plate Black plate - with engraving UF36 UF36000 UF36 UF36000 UF38 UF38000 UF38 UF38000 64 Black plate Black plate - with engraving DUTY LABELS Cat. No. To be used with frame Price list code Q072 48 64 72 Transparent insert (only for Q048) Aluminium insert (only for Q048) Q048 Q064 Q072 Q048 Q064 Q072 IF7 IF7 IF9 IF9 FRAMES Cat. No. Price list code Frame CQ64 48 64 72 96 CQ48 CQ64 CQ72 CQ96 282 CQ48 CQ64 CQ72 CQ96 Separate cam switches Standard engraving (p. 286) Dimensions (p. 265) > PLATES + FRAMES Cat. No. Plate + frame Price list code 48 Aluminium Red Black Yellow Q61 Q48 Q41 Q43 Q45 Q48 Q41 Q43 Q45 Q64 Q61 Q63 Q65 Q64 Q61 Q63 Q65 Q72 Q71 Q73 Q75 Q72 Q71 Q73 Q75 Q96 Q91 Q93 Q95 Q96 Q91 Q93 Q95 64 Aluminium Red Black Yellow 72 Aluminium Red Black Yellow Q95 96 Aluminium Red Black Yellow Plate + frame + duty label Cat. No. With aluminium duty label Price list code 48 Aluminium Red Black Yellow Q720 Q480 Q410 Q430 Q450 Q480 Q410 Q430 Q450 Q640 Q610 Q630 Q650 Q640 Q610 Q630 Q650 Q720 Q710 Q730 Q750 Q720 Q710 Q730 Q750 64 Aluminium Red Black Yellow 72 Aluminium Red Black Yellow 283 Separate cam switches > PLATE + FRAME + DUTY LABEL O 22 MOUNTING Cat. No. Frame + legend plate With aluminium duty label Plate and frame for single hole mounting o 22 presentation Max. panel thickness: 1.5 mm Price list code 48 Aluminium N480 N480 N480 > TERMINAL COVERS Cat. No. For PR 12 to PR 160 Insulating material for switch with 4 contacts max. Transparent material for PR 12 to PR 63 Opaque material for PR 125-160 With rear mounting the terminal cover is fixed in S mode (p. 254) with: - for PR 12 to PR 26: 2 screws - for PR 40 to PR 160: 2 screws With front mounting, the terminal cover is fixed in E mode (p. 250) with: - for PR 12: 2 screws supplied - for PR 17 to PR 63: 2 special nuts supplied - for PR 125 and PR 160: 2 H4 nuts supplied CB4 Price list code A B PR 12 PR 17 PR 21 PR 26 PR 40 PR 63 PR 125-160 CB4N CB3D CB3F CB3E CB5H CB5I CB6L CB4 CB3 CB3 CB3 CB5 CB5 CB6 Terminal covers PR 40-63 CB8 Pair of terminal covers in insulating material providing IP 20 protection of 2 electrical contacts located on 1 coil (provide the same number of pairs of terminal covers as coils) Clip into place after electrical connection of the terminals 284 CB8 Separate cam switches > REAR PROTECTIVE SHROUD Cat. No. For PR 12 to PR 63 10 Composition: - Grey insulating body - Transparent insulating cover IP 40 - protection against direct finger contact IP 55 - protection against splashing water PR 12 - the shroud fits on 1 standard type E switch PR 17 to PR 63 - the shroud must be specified when ordering the switch (rear mounting on a special plate) 30 O 80 P PR 12 CA41N * P 15 Price list code 50 O 100 * Length of shroud to be stated when ordering the cam switch only PR 12 - 1 to 12 contacts IP 40 IP 55 PR 17 to PR 26 IP 40 IP 55 IP 40 IP 55 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 17-18 19-20 21-22 23-24 PR 17 45 57 69 81 93 105 117 129 141 153 165 177 PR 21 45 57 69 81 93 105 117 129 141 153 165 177 CA42N CAE42N CA10D CAE10D CA10D CAE10D CA11D CAE11D CA11D CAE11D CA20F CAE20F CA20F CAE20F CA21F CAE21F CA21F CAE21F CA30I CAE30I CA30I CAE30I CA31I CAE31I CA31I CAE31I CM14P CM18P CM24P CM14P CM18P CM24P PR 17-21 - 13 to 24 contacts IP 40 IP 55 Depth (P) PR 12 42 52 62 72 82 92 128 138 148 158 168 178 CA42N CAE42N PR 17-21 -1 to 12 contacts PR 40 to PR 63 Number of contacts CA41N CAE41N PR 12 - 13 to 24 contacts 32,5 50 O 125 P CA41N CAE41N PR 26 48 63 78 93 108 123 138 153 168 183 198 213 PR 40 74 94 114 134 154 174 PR 63 74 94 114 134 154 174 PR 26 - 1 to 12 contacts IP 40 IP 55 PR 26 -13 to 24 contacts IP 40 IP 55 PR 40-63 -1 to 12 contacts IP 40 IP 55 PR 40-63 - 13 to 24 contacts IP 40 IP 55 Plastic cable gland Pg 16 for PR 12 to PR 21 Pg 21 for PR 26 Pg 29 for PR 40-63 285 Separate cam switches To order engravings, fill in the form (p. 287) To price a switch with customised engraving, please contact us > ENGRAVING STANDARD ENGRAVING These are engraving according to switching angle (as illustrated plates on p. 216) These standard engravings are not invoiced, the charge is included in the price for the plate or duty label CUSTOMISED ENGRAVING For square legend plates: POMPE 2 ARRET POMPE 1 These are all the alphanumeric engravings (excluding logos, drawings, symbols) which are defined by the following parameters type WE40 to WE95 (p. 281) type UF36, UF38 (p. 284) type Q41 to Q96 (p. 281) For square legend plates: - Maximum number of alphanumeric characters per position: - Character height: 48 : 3 mm; 64: 4 mm; 8 72: 4.5 mm; type Q048, Q064 and Q072 (p. 282) - Maximum number of characters: per line: 13 Maximum number of lines: 2 - Character height 48 : 3 mm ; 64: 4 mm ; 3 72: 4.5 mm - Colour of engraving: Black on aluminium plate Special engravings: These are engravings not covered by the technical parameters used for creating standard engravings and which therefore require a special execution. This applies to all alphanumeric engravings outside the limits defined above, and also logos, drawings or symbols 286 11 4 4 96: 6 mm The engraving is laser-etched or silk-screen printed according to type - Colour of engraving: Black on aluminium and yellow plate White on red and black plate For duty labels: 4 3 8 6 3 4 4 8 3 3 3 11 11 3 6 6 3 3 4 4 3 6 5 3 4 6 3 4 5 3 3 4 3 16 3 3 3 16 4 3 3 3 4 3 3 6 16 5 3 6 3 5 3 6 11 Request form for specific cam switch Fill in one form for each type of switch > APPLICATION > MOUNTING q Front q One-hole q Rear q DIN rail q Enclosure q Load switching q resistive q electromagnetic Rated voltage ........................ AC/DC Rated current ........................ A q Control of motors q Starting/Switching off a running motor q Reverse direction of rotation Motor rating ........................ A/CV/kW > (Fill in the grid below using the appropriate symbols) Closed contact Closed contact, 2 positions without cut-off Overlapping: second contact closes before first contact opens (not possible with 30 switching angle) Impulse contact, closes momentarily when switching from one position to next Spring return Position No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 connection + links 1-2 m1 3m 3-4 m2 4m 5-6 m5 7m 7-8 m6 8m 11 m 9-10 m9 11-12 m 10 12 m 13-14 m 13 15-16 m 14 16 m 17-18 m 17 19 m 19-20 m 18 20 m 21-22 m 21 23 m 23-24 m 22 24 m 25-26 m 25 27 m 15 m 27-28 m 26 28 m 29-30 m 29 31 m 31-32 m 30 32 m 33-34 m 33 35 m 35-36 m 34 36 m 37-38 m 37 39 m 39-40 m 38 40 m 41-42 m 41 43 m 43-44 m 42 44 m 45-46 m 45 47 m 47-48 m 46 48 m > SWITCHING ANGLE q Handle: q small q medium q large q DIAGRAM Contact Nos. Terminals > STANDARD PRESENTATION Lever: q small Colour: q grey q red q q YOUR DETAILS Company: ............................................................ ................................................................................ ................................................................................ Name and surname:......................................... ................................................................................ Address: ............................................................... large black q Selector switch style handle q With key Choice of key: q 455 q 1424 A q other............... > LEGEND PLATE AND ENGRAVING ................................................................................ ................................................................................ E-mail : ................................................................. Tel:.............................................. ........................... Fax: ....................................................................... COMMENTS Choice of legend plate: q 48 q 64 q 72 q 96 q Alu q Black q Red q Yellow > SWITCHING ANGLE q Engraving: (use opposite box to specify your engravings) q linear q polygonal q Duty label (2 x 13 characters) : ............................................................ ............................................................ > PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION Colour: q yellow/red q grey Size: q 48 q 72 q 96 > OPTIONS q Foolproof handle q IP rating: q IP 40 (standard) q IP 55 q IP 65 Terminal covers q q Tropicalised ver- > MARKING OF POSITIONS sion q 90 q 60 q 45 q 30 (indicate positions in boxes) Blocking-off between .......... and .......... position One-way rotation: q right q left 287 YOUR ENGRAVINGS Separate cam switches Please specify the spring return on the form (p. 287) > AUTOMATIC SPRING RETURN REDUCED TYPE RN 1 Cat. No. 1 For PR 12 This device makes it possible to incorporate spring returns without extra charge and without increasing switch dimension Number of spring return contacts per position: max. 2 1 1 7 RN10 RN11 RN12 1 1 1 3 3 RN20 RN19 RN21 Price list code 3 RN23 PR 12 (1) Complete according to spring return chosen opposite NORMAL TYPE R RNxx(1) Cat. No. 30 12 1 2 R35 3 12 1 2 11 R36 12 1 2 3 R37 12 1 2 11 R38 12 1 2 3 R39 12 1 2 11 R40 45 1 1 R10 1 R11 1 2 3 R16 8 R12 1 2 8 R25 1 1 R13 1 R26 8 R14 1 2 R27 1 Price list code R15 1 8 8 7 2 1 2 R28 PR 12 (4 spring return contacts) PR 17 (4 spring return contacts) PR 21 (4 spring return contacts) PR 26 (4 spring return contacts) PR 40 (2 spring return contacts) PR 63 (2 spring return contacts) 2 3 R30 1 1 7 R19 Y652 Y639 Y639 Y639 Y640 Y640 (1) Complete according to spring return chosen opposite 90 1 For PR 12 to PR 63 This device makes it possible to incorporate spring returns without increasing switch dimensions The maximum number of contacts per spring return position varies according to the rating The spring return positions are always at 30 The switching angle is at 30-45-90 (for PR 12 to PR 26) The switching angle is at 45-90 (for PR 40 and PR 63) 3 R20 1 3 R21 1 3 R23 1 3 R32 7 3 R34 288 Rxx(1) Rxx(1) Rxx(1) Rxx(1) Rxx(1) Rxx(1) Separate cam switches Please specify the spring return on the form (p. 287) > AUTOMATIC SPRING RETURN (continued) SPECIAL REINFORCED TYPE RS 30 45 60 90 30 45 60 90 Cat. No. For PR 12 to PR 26 For E or S mounting Modified sizing Enables greater number of spring return contacts per position than with standard "R" spring return Spring returns possible with pass-through contact Price list code PR 12 to PR 26 45 60 90 30 45 30 45 RS O 60 30 Y626 P 25 E and S mounting methods (see p. 255) > MISCELLANEOUS VERSIONS ONE-WAY ROTATION (SRO) SRO to the right Cat. No. For PR 12 to PR 160 This device makes it impossible to turn the handle in the opposite direction to the one stipulated Available for switching angles 90, 60 and 45 No change to switch dimensions Price list code SRO to the left PR 12 PR 17 to PR 26 PR 40 to PR 160 Y649 Y642 Y643 (1) (1) (1) (1) No reference, write "direction of rotation to xxx" in the designation 289 Separate cam switches > MISCELLANEOUS VERSIONS (continued) BLOCKING-OFF BETWEEN 2 POSITIONS Cat. No. Examples 1 1 2 4 3 2 6 5 3 4 For PR 12 to PR 160 This device prevents the switch being turned between 2 consecutive positions. Indicate which positions (see form on p. 287) Available for switching angles 90 and 60 No change to switch dimensions Not compatible with one-way rotation device (SRO) Price list code Y634 Y635 PR 12 PR 17 to PR 26 PR 40 to PR 160 (1) (1) (1) (1) No reference, write "blocking-off between X and X" in the designation TROPICALISED VERSION Cat. No. For PR 12 to PR 160 (standard on the PR 12) The cost of this version is calculated as a fixed charge per switch and a variable extra charge (multiplied by the number of contacts) Price list code Y 562 + (Y563 x no. of contacts) Y 564 + (Y565 x no. of contacts) Y 566 + (Y567 x no. of contacts) Y 570 + (Y571 x no. of contacts) Y 572 + (Y573 x no. of contacts) Y 578 + (Y579 x no. of contacts) Y 580 + (Y581 x no. of contacts) PR 12 PR 17 PR 21 PR 26 PR 40 PR 63 PR 125 PR 160 (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) No reference, write "tropicalised" in the designation FASTON TERMINALS Cat. No. For PR 12 to PR 26 Terminals 6.35 (and/or 2 x 2.8 for PR 12) Multiply the extra charge by the number of terminals PR 12 PR 17 to PR 26 Price list code Y653 (per terminal) Y620 (per terminal) (1) (1) (1) No reference, write out the text and the terminal positions in full in the designation 290 Separate cam switches > MISCELLANEOUS VERSIONS (continued) REINFORCED IP RATING Cat. No. Standard IP rating - IP 40 Price list code IP 55 For PR 12 For PR 17 to PR 160 For PR 40-63 (in BCF enclosure) Y651 Y627 Y647 (1) (1) (1) Y632 Y632 Y663 (1) (1) (1) Y661 (1) Y662 Y667 (1) (1) IP 65 For PR 12 to PR 160 For PR 12 (in BPR enclosure) For PR 12 to PR 26 (in BC enclosure) For PR 12 to PR 160 (with padlockable presentation) For PR 12 to PR 160 (clutch drive + frame) For PR 12 (o 22 mounting) (1) No reference, write: "IPxx" in the designation SPECIAL SHAFTS Cat. No. Price list code Shaft with foolproof profile For PR 12 (E-EZ mounting) 12 contacts foolproofed shaft For PR 17 to PR 160 and PR 12 (other mounting than those below) - D Y613 D Y617 (1) Special dimension shaft Standard dimension - PR 12 to PR 26 = 26 mm - PR 40 to PR 160 = 27 mm For PR 12 to PR 160 (1) No reference, write: "shaft dimension xx" (size of projection in mm) 291 Separate cam switches > EMPTY ENCLOSURES TYPE BPR 65 50 76 O 4,3 or M4 Technical specifications (p. 270) Delivered with blank aluminium plate Possibility to use a padlockable presentation Price list code P P* Price list code 46 58 Cat. No. For PR12* BPR01 BPR02 For PR 12 -1-2 contacts For PR 12 -3-4 contacts Contacts BPR01 BPR02 BPR01 BPR02 1-2 contacts 3-4 contacts P * = Depth TYPE BC Cat. No. O 4,3 or M4 109 22 120 x 96 O28 P P* Price list code 26 Price list code 77 BC01-02-0-06 11-12-14-15 BC03-04-07 13-16 101 Technical specifications (p. 271) With a 64 blank aluminium plate and a black handle (see p. 271 for enclosure customisation) for PR 12* to PR 26 mounting, bare shaft version Contacts 1-6 contacts (1-4 PR26) 7-10 contacts (5-8 PR26) P * = Depth For PR 12 -1-2 contacts For PR 12 -3-6 contacts For PR 12 - 7-10 contacts For PR 17-21 -1-2 contacts For PR 17-21 -3-6 contacts For PR 17-21 - 7-10 contacts For PR 26 -1-2 contacts For PR 26 -3-4 contacts For PR 26 -5-6 contacts For PR 26 - 7-8 contacts BC05Q3 BC06Q3 BC07Q3 BC11Q3 BC12Q3 BC13Q3 BC14Q3 BC15Q3 BC16Q3 BC13Q3 BC05Q3 BC06Q3 BC07Q3 BC11Q3 BC12Q3 BC13Q3 BC14Q3 BC15Q3 BC16Q3 BC13Q3 * Switch version with terminals reversed TYPE BCF Cat. No. 153 O28 6 31 P P* 107 145 118 30 72 135 x 170 O 4,3 or M4 Price list code BCF140-240 BCF340-440 P * = Depth Contacts 1-4 contacts 5-8 contacts For PR40-63 Technical specifications (p. 272) Delivered with a complete 72-96 plate and frame or padlockable presentation For PR 40-63 -1-2 contacts For PR 40-63 -3-4 contacts For PR 40-63 -5-6 contacts For PR 40-63 - 7-8 contacts 292 Price list code BCF140 BCF240 BCF340 BCF440 BCF140 BCF240 BCF340 BCF440 Switch disconnectors A modular and flexible range Contact gap 7 mm (norm >5.5 mm) Reversible terminal feature y IN ENCLOSURE - Degree of protection: up to IP 66 - For 25A to 100A size switches (see Ithe (A) p. 316) - Cable entries with pre-formed knockouts - Tamper-proof cover with padlockable handle - Recessed area for optional plate - A wide choice of associated contact blocks and enclosures versions available Pages 299 and 305 y WITH CLUTCH DRIVE - Metal cuttable shafts - With or without door interlock system - Short or long metal shaft available Pages 298 and 303 293 Complete switch disconnectors 20 A IP 40 as standard, IP 65 on request Characteristics (p. 316) > FRONT MOUNTING PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION Cat. No. 20 A - non-reversible terminals 3P 3P+NC/NO(1) 4P 172901 172911 172921 (1) Padlock with o 6 to 8 mm 172921 Dimensions A 33 42 66 A: 46 (3P/4P) 56 (3P+NC/NO) 14,5 40 17,5 ACCESSORIES Cat. No. IP65 seal kit For front mounting with screws 172945 Terminal covers For front mounting with screws 172945 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 294 172965 Complete switch disconnectors 25 to 100 A IP 40 as standard, IP 65 on request Characteristics (p. 316) > FRONT MOUNTING PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION c B D Cat. No. E 33 C A F Dimensions A: B: C: D: E: F: 44 75.4 14.5 66 36 50 17,5 (OF) Safety switch to disconnect and isolate poles. IP 20 "finger safe" Double break type load switching Red padlockable handle on yellow plate Actual position (ON or OFF) clearly visible Conform to standards: IEC EN 60947-3 Approved by UL - cUL - Suitable as motor disconnect 25 A 3P 3P+NC/NO (1) 4P neutral on left 32 A 3P 4P neutral on left 172001 Dimensions A: B: C: D: E: F: 53.6 85 17.9 66 50.3 60 172101 172121 50 A 3P 4P neutral on left 172201 172221 63 A 3P 4P neutral on left 172201 172001 172011 172021 172301 172321 Dimensions A: B: C: D: E: F: 172401 71.8 93 26.8 86 63.8 70 80 A 3P 4P neutral on left 172401 172421 100 A 172501 3P (1) Padlock: o 6 to 8 mm Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 295 Complete switch disconnectors 25 to 100 A IP 40 as standard, IP 65 on request Characteristics (p. 316) > FRONT MOUNTING WITH PLATE, FRAME AND HANDLE Cat. No. H c B D O 5 E G C A F Dimensions A: B: C: D: E: F: G: H: o: 44 75.4 14.5 64 36 50 26 22 28 17,5 (OF) Safety switch to disconnect and isolate poles. IP 20 "finger safe" Double break type load switching Red handle on yellow plate Actual position (ON or OFF) clearly visible Conform to standards: IEC EN 60947-3 Approved by UL - cUL - Suitable as motor disconnect 25 A 3P 172002 32 A 3P 172102 172002 Dimensions A: B: C: D: E: F: G: H: o: 53.6 85 17.9 72 50.3 60 26 30 28 50 A 172202 3P 63 A 172302 3P 172202 Dimensions A: B: C: D: E: F: G: H: o: 71.8 93 26.8 96 63.8 70 31 34 42 80 A 172402 3P 100 A 172502 3P 172402 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 296 Complete switch disconnectors 25 to 100 A IP 65 Characteristics (p. 316) > FRONT MOUNTING 66 75,4 PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION O 22 SINGLE-HOLE MOUNTING 72 33 44 Cat. No. Safety switch to disconnect and isolate poles. IP 20 "finger safe" Double break type load switching Red handle on yellow plate Actual position (ON or OFF) clearly visible Conform to standards: IEC EN 60947-3 Approved by UL - cUL - Suitable as motor disconnect 25 A 172003 3P 32 A 172103 3P 172003 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 297 Complete switch disconnectors 25 to 100 A IP 40 as standard, IP 65 on request Characteristics (p. 316) > REAR MOUNTING WITH CLUTCH DRIVE PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION c B D Cat. No. 33 E C A 17,5 X Safety switch to disconnect and isolate poles. IP 20 "finger safe" With clutch drive and door interlock Double break type load switching Red handle on yellow plate Actual position (ON or OFF) clearly visible Conform to standards: IEC EN 60947-3 Approved by UL - cUL - Suitable as motor disconnect 25 A 3P (short shaft) 165009 32A 3P (short shaft) 165109 165009 25 and 32 A dimensions A: B: C: D: E: X: 44 75.4 14.5 66 31.5 125 to 250 (short shaft) 250 to 400 (long shaft) 50 and 63 A dimensions A: B: C: D: E: X: 53.6 85 17.9 66 42.2 135 to 260 (short shaft) 260 to 410 (long shaft) 50 A 3P (short shaft) 165209 63 A 3P (short shaft) 165309 80 A 3P (long shaft) 165409 100 A 3P (long shaft) 165409 80 and 100 A dimensions A: B: C: D: E: X: 71.8 93 26.8 86 52.6 145 to 270 (short shaft) 270 to 420 (long shaft) Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 298 165509 Complete switch disconnectors 25 to 100 A IP 40 as standard, IP 65 on request and IP 66 on enclosure version with integral handle version Characteristics (p. 316) > ENCLOSURES INTEGRAL PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION Safety switch to disconnect and isolate poles. IP 20 "finger safe" With clutch drive and door interlock Double break type load switching Red handle on yellow plate Actual position (ON or OFF) clearly visible Conform to standards: IEC EN 60947-3 150 96 Cat. No. 100 IP 66 - IK 07 20 A 3P 3P+NC/NO (1) 4P 172061 172961 172971 172981 25 A 3P 3P+NC/NO (1) 172061 172071 32 A 172161 3P PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION 150 IP 40 (2) 100 A 220 A 33 50 A 172261 3P 63 A 172361 3P 80 A 50 and 63 A dimensions A: 66 100 A 80 and 100 A dimensions A: 86 172461 3P 172561 3P (1) Padlock: O 6 to 8 mm (2) IP 65 seal kit ref. 172267 (50 to 63 A) 172277 (80 to 100 A) 172261 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 299 Complete switch disconnectors 20 A IP 40 as standard, IP 65 on request Grey presentation Characteristics (p. 316) > FRONT MOUNTING PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION Cat. No. 20 A - non-reversible terminals 174901 3P 46 33 42 66 174901 14,5 40 17,5 ACCESSORIES Cat. No. IP 65 seal kit For front mounting with screws 172945 Terminal covers For front mounting with screws 172945 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 300 172965 Complete switch disconnectors 25 to 100 A IP 40 as standard, IP 65 on request Grey presentation Characteristics (p. 316) > FRONT MOUNTING PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION c B D Cat. No. E 33 C A F Dimensions A: B: C: D: E: F: 44 75.4 14.5 66 36 50 17,5 (OF) Safety switch to disconnect and isolate poles. IP 20 "finger safe" Double break type load switching Grey padlockable handle on grey plate Actual position (ON or OFF) clearly visible Conform to standards: IEC EN 60947-3 Approved by UL - cUL - Suitable as motor disconnect 25 A 174001 3P 32 A 174101 3P 174001 Dimensions A: B: C: D: E: F: 53.6 85 17.9 66 50.3 60 50 A 174201 3P 63 A 174301 3P 174301 Dimensions A: B: C: D: E: F: 174401 71.8 93 26.8 86 63.8 70 80 A 174401 3P 100 A 174501 3P (1) Padlock: o 6 to 8 mm Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 301 Complete switch disconnectors 25 to 100 A IP 40 as standard, IP 65 on request Grey presentation Characteristics (p. 316) > FRONT MOUNTING WITH PLATE, FRAME AND HANDLE Cat. No. H c B D O 5 E G C A 17,5 (OF) F Dimensions A: B: C: D: E: F: G: H: o: 44 75.4 14.5 64 36 50 26 22 28 Safety switch to disconnect and isolate poles. IP 20 "finger safe" Double break type load switching Black handle on aluminium plate Actual position (ON or OFF) clearly visible Conform to standards: IEC EN 60947-3 UL - cUL approved - Suitable as motor disconnect 25 A 3P 174002 32 A 3P 174102 174002 Dimensions A: B: C: D: E: F: G: H: o: 53.6 85 17.9 72 50.3 60 26 30 28 50 A 174202 3P 63 A 174302 3P 174202 Dimensions A: B: C: D: E: F: G: H: o: 71.8 93 26.8 96 63.8 70 31 34 42 80 A 174402 3P 100 A 174502 3P 174402 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 302 Complete switch disconnectors 25 to 100 A IP 40 as standard, IP 65 on request Grey presentation Characteristics (p. 316) > REAR MOUNTING PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION c B D Cat. No. 33 E C A 17,5 X Safety switch to disconnect and isolate poles. IP 20 "finger safe" With clutch drive and door interlock Double break type load switching Grey padlockable handle on grey plate Actual position (ON or OFF) clearly visible Conform to standards: IEC EN 60947-3 Approved by UL - cUL - Suitable as motor disconnect 25 A 3P (short shaft) 168009 32A 3P (short shaft) 168109 165009 25 and 32 A dimensions A: B: C: D: E: X: 44 75.4 14.5 66 31.5 125 to 250 (short shaft) 250 to 400 (long shaft) 50 and 63 A dimensions A: B: C: D: E: X: 53.6 85 17.9 66 42.2 135 to 260 (short shaft) 260 to 410 (long shaft) 50 A 3P (short shaft) 168209 63 A 3P (short shaft) 168309 80 A 3P (long shaft) 168409 100 A 3P (long shaft) 165409 80 and 100 A dimensions A: B: C: D: E: X: 71.8 93 26.8 86 42.6 145 to 270 (short shaft) 270 to 420 (long shaft) Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 303 168509 Complete switch disconnectors 25 to 100 A IP 40 as standard, IP 65 on request Grey presentation Characteristics (p. 316) > REAR MOUNTING MODULAR IN-PANEL PRESENTATION 45 Cat. No. B A C Dimensions A: 44 B: 53 C: 79 Safety switch to disconnect and isolate poles. IP 20 "finger safe" Double break type load switching Black handle on grey plate Actual position (ON or OFF) clearly visible Conform to standards: IEC EN 60947-3 Approved by UL - cUL - Suitable as motor disconnect 25 A 174005 3P 32 A 174105 3P 174005 Dimensions A: 53.6 B: 63 C: 89 50 A 174205 3P 63 A 174305 3P 174205 Dimensions A: 71.8 B: 73 C: 99 80 A 174405 3P 100 A 174405 174505 3P Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 304 Complete switch disconnectors 25 to 100 A IP 40 as standard, IP 65 on request and IP66 on enclosure version with integral handle version Grey presentation Characteristics (p. 316) > ENCLOSURES INTEGRAL PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION Safety switch to disconnect and isolate poles. IP 20 "finger safe" With clutch drive and door interlock Double break type load switching Grey padlockable handle Actual position (ON or OFF) clearly visible Conform to standards: IEC EN 60947-3 150 96 Cat. No. 100 IP 66 - IK 07 25 A 3P 174061 32 A 3P 174161 174061 PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION 150 100 IP 40 (1) A 220 A 33 50 A 3P 174261 63 A 3P 174361 80 A 3P 174461 100 A 3P 174561 50 and 63 A dimensions A: 66 80 and 100 A dimensions A: 86 (1) IP 65 with seal ref. 172267 (50 to 63 A) 172277 (80 to 100 A) 174261 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 305 Separate switch disconnectors - 25 and 32 A Characteristics (p. 316) > BLOCKS Cat. No. 45 75,4 27 44 3-pole switch body without presentation 172000 172100 25 A 32 A 36 50 172000 14,5 45 75,4 Additional pole (for use in enclosure only) Additional pole without rear screw (Rear mounting only) 43,5 172065 172075 172175 25 A 32 A 172185 172174 32 A Neutral pole 172065 172165 25 A 32 A Junction block T or N 50,5 42 75,5 17,5 172179 172185 Auxiliary contact NC/NO 172179 1 pole early break 172195 45 17 21 172195 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 306 Separate switch disconnectors - 25 and 32 A Characteristics (p. 316) > PRESENTATION Cat. No. 11 Padlockable presentation Padlock with o6 to 8 mm 86 66 - Yellow/Red 66 - Grey 66 - o 22 single-hole-mounting - Yellow/Red 66 172601 174601 172603 33 172601 With plate, frame and handle D B C A 64 - Yellow/Red 172602 48 - o 22 single-hole-mounting - Yellow/Red 172604 5+1 Dim. Ref. 172 602 A: 64 B: 80 Dim. ref. 172 604 A: 48 B: 65 172602 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 307 Separate switch disconnectors - 25 and 32 A Characteristics (p. 316) > EMPTY ENCLOSURES PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION Cat. No. Dimensions 150 x 100 x 96 mm Supplied with padlockable handle, weatherproof seal and relay terminal For 3 and 4-pole switches with and without NC/NO IP66-IK07 172399 Grey base - yellow cover - red handle Grey base - grey cover - grey handle 150 O 23 172399 174399 65 4,5 70 O 23 4,5 96 100 WITHOUT PRESENTATION Cat. No. 110 79 O4,3 115 O10 75,4 150 30 == Grey - Up to 4 poles + auxiliary contact 150 x 110 x 75 mm 172549 O6,5 75 50 75 172549 PADLOCKABLE OR WITHOUT PRESENTATION 150 115 30 == 185 O4,3 75,4 220 O10 Cat. No. Grey - Up to 6 poles + auxiliary contact 220 x 150 x 100 mm O6,5 50 100 108 172559 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 308 172559 Separate switch disconnectors - 25 and 32 A Characteristics (p. 316) > ACCESSORIES Cat. No. Terminal covers 172167 For 3-pole body switch For additional pole, neutral pole or junction block For auxiliary contact NC/NO (pair) For early break auxiliary contact 172167 172177 172189 172199 Connection terminal kit Terminal connection for ground or neutral 174569 Self-adhesive plates (for enclosures) Blank Engraved INTER PRINCIPAL Engraved MAIN SWITCH 174189 172177 174449 174599 174559 174569 Duty labels Blank Engraved INTER PRINCIPAL Engraved MAIN SWITCH 172629 172639 172649 Kit for clutch drive presentation Short shaft without door interlock Long shaft without door interlock Without shaft and without door interlock 174189 174199 174179 Kit for door interlock 174249 IP 65 seal kit For front mounting switches and enclosures Padlockable 66 or plate and frame 64 or 72 Padlockable 86 or plate and frame 96 172267 For rear mounting switches with clutch drive Padlockable 66 or plate and frame 64 or 72 Padlockable 86 or plate and frame 96 174259 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 309 172277 174269 Separate switch disconnectors - 50 and 63 A Characteristics (p. 316) > BLOCKS Cat. No. 53,6 27 85 45 3-pole body switch without presentation 172200 172300 50 A 63 A 50,3 60 172300 17,9 45 85 Additional pole (for use in enclosure only) Neutral pole 60 172375 172275 172375 50 A 63 A 172265 172365 50 A 63 A 172385 Junction block T or N Auxiliary contact 50,5 42 75,5 17,5 172385 NC/NO 172179 1 pole early break 172395 172179 45 17 21 172395 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 310 Separate switch disconnectors - 50 and 63 A Characteristics (p. 316) > PRESENTATION Cat. No. 11 86 Padlockable presentation Padlock: o 6 to 8 mm 66 - Yellow/Red 66 - Grey 66 172601 174601 33 172061 With plate, frame and handle 30 172612 30 90 72 - Yellow/Red 5+1 72 172612 > EMPTY ENCLOSURES WITHOUT PRESENTATION Cat. No. 150 85 36 == 185 36 == 220 O10 115 O4,3 Grey - Up to 4 poles + auxiliary contact 220 x 150 x 100 mm 172569 Grey - Up to 6 poles + auxiliary contact 220 x 150 x 100 mm 172579 O6,5 100 60 89,4 172569 150 85 36 == 185 36 == 220 O10 115 O4,3 O6,5 60 100 125,2 172579 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 311 Separate switch disconnectors - 50 and 63 A Characteristics (p. 316) > ACCESSORIES Cat. No. Terminal covers 172367 For 3-pole switch For additional pole, neutral pole or junction block For NC/NO auxiliary contact (pair) For early break auxiliary contact 172367 172377 172189 172199 Duty labels 172649 Blank Engraved INTER PRINCIPAL Engraved MAIN SWITCH 172629 172639 172649 Kit for clutch drive presentation 172267 Short shaft without door interlock Long shaft without door interlock Without shaft and without door interlock 174189 174199 174179 kit for door interlock 174249 IP 65 seal kit For front mounting switches and enclosures Padlockable 66 or plate and frame 64 or 72 Padlockable 86 or plate and frame 96 172267 For rear mounting with clutch drive Padlockable 66 or plate and frame 64 or 72 Padlockable 86 or plate and frame 96 174259 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 312 172277 174269 Separate switch disconnectors - 80 and 100 A Characteristics (p. 316) > BLOCKS Cat. No. 71,8 27 93 45 3-pole body switch without presentation 172400 172500 80 A 100 A 63,8 70 172400 Additional pole (for use in enclosure only) 172475 172575 80 A 100 A Neutral pole 172475 172465 172565 80 A 100 A 172465 26,8 45 93 Junction block T or N 172585 70 172585 42 Auxiliary contact 50,5 75,5 17,5 NC/NO 172179 1 pole early break 172595 172179 45 17 21 172595 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 313 Separate switch disconnectors - 80 and 100 A Characteristics (p. 316) > PRESENTATION Cat. No. 11 Padlockable presentation Padlock: o 6 to 8 mm 106 86 - Yellow/Red 86 - Grey 86 172621 172621 174621 33 With plate, frame and handle 30 172622 34 96 - Yellow/Red 96 5+1 172622 > EMPTY ENCLOSURES WITHOUT PRESENTATION Cat. No. 150 93 36 == 185 36 == 220 O10 115 O4,3 Grey - Up to 3 poles + auxiliary contact 220 x 150 x 100 mm 172589 Grey - Up to 6 poles + auxiliary contact 300 x 200 x 100 mm 172599 O6,5 100 70 106,8 172589 185 93 265 36 O10 == 36 == 300 220 O4,3 O6,5 70 100 179 172599 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 314 Separate switch disconnectors - 80 and 100 A Characteristics (p. 316) > ACCESSORIES Cat. No. Terminal covers 172567 For 3-pole body switch For additional pole, neutral pole or junction block For NC/NO auxiliary contact (pair) For early break auxiliary contact 172567 172577 172189 172199 Duty labels 172649 172629 172639 172649 Blank Engraved INTER PRINCIPAL Engraved MAIN SWITCH Kit for clutch drive presentation 172267 Short shaft without door interlock Long shaft without door interlock Without shaft and without door interlock 174189 174199 174179 kit for door interlock 174249 IP 65 seal kit For front mounting switches and enclosures Padlockable 66 or plate and frame 64 or Padlockable 86 or plate and frame 96 72 172267 172277 For rear mounting with clutch drive Padlockable 66 or plate and frame 64 or Padlockable 86 or plate and frame 96 72 174259 174269 Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets 315 Technical characteristics > GENERAL Characteristics 20 A 25 A 32 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A > Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 20 25 32 50 63 80 100 16 20 25 40 50 63 80 4 6 6 6 6 6 6 16 25 32 50 63 80 100 AC 23 A 3 x 230 V 3 x 400 V 3 x 500 V 3 x 690 V 4 7.5 5.5 4 5.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 5.5 11 11 11 15 18.5 22 18.5 15 22 30 22 18.5 30 37 22 22 37 45 30 AC 3 3 4 5.5 3 4 5.5 5.5 5.5 4 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 15 15 15 11 18.5 22 18.5 15 22 30 18.5 18.5 30 37 22 > Conventional free air thermal current Ith Uninterrupted rated current Iu (A) > Conventional enclosed thermal current Ithe (A) > Rated impulse withstand voltage (overvoltage category III - pollution degree 3 Uimp (kV) > Rated operating current Ie (A) AC - 21 A/22 A Conform to IEC 60947-3 > Rated operating power (kW) 3 x 230 V 3 x 400 V 3 x 500 V 3 x 690 V > Make - break characteristics (Aeff/400 V) Rated make capacity - 710 710 1270 1270 1970 1970 Rated break capacity - 330 330 800 800 800 800 Rated short term withstand current Icw (Aeff/400 V/1 s) 250 350 430 500 760 1100 1500 Rated short circuit make capacity Icm (kA peak/400 V) - 1 1 1.8 1.8 2.8 2.8 Short circuit current (kA eff/400 V) 6 10 10 10 10 10 10 with fuse gl/gG (A) 16 25 32 50 63 80 100 1 0.1 0.1 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 > Short circuit characteristics > Mechanical life AC 20 (million) > Connections Stranded wire + (min/max) cap (mm2) Solid wire (mm2) > Storage temperature 0.75/2.5 0.75/6 0.75/6 1.5/16 1.5/16 2.5/35 2.5/35 4 10 10 25 25 50 50 -30C to +70 C > Operating temperature - 30C to +70 C > Protection rating rear of panel: IPxxB front of panel IP 40 in standard version (IP 65 on request) > Conformity to standards IEC 60947-3, UL508, CSA22.2 > Approvals UL - cUL (USA - Canada) suitable as motor disconnect. CB certification > Climatic resistance Tropical atmosphere according to IEC 60068-2-30 Cyclic damp heat 316 Technical characteristics > AUXILIARY CONTACTS Characteristics 20 A 25 A 32 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A > Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 20 10 10 10 10 10 10 > Conventional free air thermal current Ith Continuous rated current Iu (A) > Rated operating current Ie (A) AC 15 230 V 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 400 V - 4 4 4 4 4 4 16 10 10 10 10 10 10 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 > Protection against short circuit by fuse gG (A) > Max. connection stranded wire (mm2) > ENCLOSURES Characteristics 150x100x96 > Rating 220x150x100 220x150x100 20, 25 and 32 A 25 and 32 A 6P and 6P 3P to 4P +NC/NO +NC/NO 20 A - 6P 50 and 63 A 3P to 4P +NC/NO 50 and 63 A 6P and 6P +NC/NO 80 and 100 A 3P and 3P +NC/NO 80 et 100 A 4P to 6P 2 x 2 Pg 16 or 2 x 2 M25 2 x 2 Pg 21 2 x 2 Pg 21 2 x 2 Pg 29 2 x 2 Pg 29 2 x 2 Pg 21 and 2 x 2 Pg 29 Pg 16: 22.5 ISO M25: 25 28.5 28.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 and 28.5 2 2 2 2 2 4 by 2 screws by 4 screws > Base/cover assembly by 1 screws self-tapping stainless steel by 4 screws self-tapping stainless steel > Switch/base assembly on 35 mm DIN rail (this rail is notched for positionning the switch) > Handles mounting screwing on shaft pre-pierced cover > Insulation Class II installed (provided that the correct insulation plugs are used with the enclosure) > Impact withstand IK07 > Flameproof 650C > Protection rating IP 66 +NC/NO > Cable inputs > O knockouts (mm) > No. of knockouts (top and bottom) > Panel mount > Contact operating diagram 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 220x150x100 IP 40 (IP 65 upon request) 13 21 > Switch padlocking 0 1/L1 - 2/T1 3/L2 - 4/T2 Switch disconnector 300x200x100 by 6 screws self-tapping stainless steel 0 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 220x150x100 14 22 Auxiliary contacts 5/L3 - 6/T3 13 - 14 21 - 22 In general: up to 3 padlocks o 4 to 8 mm Switch with 1 auxiliary contact NC/NO: up to 3 padlocks o 6 to 8 mm Modular presentation: 1 padlock o 6 to 8 mm 317 1 Enclosure selection guide > 25 AND 32 A Enclosure 150 x 100 x 96 mm Enclosure 220 x 150 x 100 mm or Example: switch disconnector 32 A Enclosed 4 poles, padlockable presentation or 6P and 6P + NC/NO 3P to 4P + NC/NO > 50 AND 63 A Enclosure 220 x 150 x 100mm Enclosure 220 x 150 x 100 mm 6P and 6P + NC/NO Example: switch disconnector 50 A Enclosed 6 poles, Plate, frame and handle presentation 3P to 4P + NC/NO 318 Enclosure selection guide > 80 AND 100 A Enclosure 220 x 150 x 100 mm Example: switch disconnector 100 A Enclosed 4 poles, padlockable presentation Enclosure 300 x 220 x 100 mm 3P and 3P + NC/NO 4P and 6P + NC/NO LEGEND basic 3-pole block additional pole additional neutral pole junction block Auxiliary contact NC/NO early break auxiliary contact 319 Possible configurations Early break auxiliary contact Junction block 3-pole body switch or Auxiliary contact Auxiliary contact 3-pole body switch Junction block Auxiliary contact Junction block or Additional neutral pole Junction block Additional neutral pole 3-pole body switch Early break auxiliary contact or auxiliary contact Additional neutral pole junction block Auxiliary contact 3-pole body switch junction block or junction block Additional neutral pole auxiliary contact Additional neutral pole auxiliary contact 3-pole body switch or junction block Additional phase pole Additional phase auxiliary contact pole 3-pole body switch Additional phase pole Additional phase pole Additional phase pole Additional phase pole (1) (1) (1) version with enclosure only Complete switch disconnector p. 284 to 295 Permitted auxiliaries 320 Protection class The IP (Ingress Protection) rating system is published by the IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) and classifies the degree of protection against solid objects and liquids in order to operate the electrical equipment. IP XX 1 2 1 Protection Against Solid Objects 2 Protection Against Liquids First digit of IP-Codes 1.digit ISO 20653 IEC 60529 Meaning Protection against objects Effective against 0 0 No protection No protection 1 1 Solid objects 50mm Any large surface of the body, such as the back of a hand, but no protection against deliberate contact with a body part 2 2 Solid objects 12.5mm Fingers or similar objects 3 3 Solid objects 2.5mm Tools, thick wires, etc. 4 4 Solid objects 1mm Most wires, screws, etc. 5K 5 Dust protected Ingress of dust is not entirely prevented, but it must not enter in sufficient quantity to interfere with the satisfactory operation of the equipment; complete protection against contact 6K 6 Dust tight No ingress of dust; complete protection against contact Second digit of IP-Codes 2.digit Meaning ISO 20653 IEC 60529 0 0 No protection 1 1 Dripping water (vertically falling drops) shall have no harmful effect. 2 2 Vertically dripping water shall have no harmful effect when the enclosure is tilted at an angle up to 15 from its normal position. 3 3 Water falling as a spray at any angle up to 60 from the vertical shall have no harmful effect. 4 4 Water splashing against the enclosure from any direction shall have no harmful effect. 5 5 Water projected by a nozzle (6.3 mm) against enclosure from any direction shall have no harmful effects. 6 6 Water projected in powerful jets (12.5 mm nozzle) against the enclosure from any direction shall have no harmful effects. 7 7 Ingress of water in harmful quantity shall not be possible when the enclosure is immersed in water under defined conditions of pressure and time (up to 1 m of submersion). 8 The equipment is suitable for continuous immersion in water under conditions which shall be specified by the manufacturer. Normally, this will mean that the equipment is hermetically sealed. However, with certain types of equipment, it can mean that water can enter but only in such a manner that it produces no harmful effects. 9 Protected against close-range high pressure, high temperature spray downs. 8 9K Protection against water Protected against close-range high pressure, high temperature spray downs, specific for cars. BA217001 www.baco-international.com